Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x      Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013

 

or

 

o         Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the transition period from                          to

 

Commission File Number 001-11339

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

DELAWARE

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

95-2492236

(IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

2801 HIGHWAY 280 SOUTH

BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35223

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (205) 268-1000

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated Filer o

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

Smaller Reporting Company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes o No x

 

Number of shares of Common Stock, $0.50 Par Value, outstanding as of  April 24, 2013: 78,449,177

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2013

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements (unaudited):

 

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

3

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

4

 

Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

5

 

Consolidated Condensed Statement of Shareowners’ Equity For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

7

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

8

 

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

9

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

48

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

102

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

102

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results

102

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

109

Item 6.

Exhibits

110

 

Signature

111

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums and policy fees

 

$

726,847

 

$

696,305

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

(335,350

)

(304,558

)

Net of reinsurance ceded

 

391,497

 

391,747

 

Net investment income

 

457,634

 

462,121

 

Realized investment gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

7,385

 

(29,909

)

All other investments

 

(4,145

)

35,726

 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

 

(1,340

)

(34,420

)

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

 

(3,244

)

15,656

 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

(4,584

)

(18,764

)

Other income

 

85,027

 

111,260

 

Total revenues

 

932,814

 

952,181

 

Benefits and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded: (2013 - $307,306; 2012 - $281,807)

 

581,880

 

589,629

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

52,239

 

56,836

 

Other operating expenses, net of reinsurance ceded: (2013 - $40,989; 2012 - $46,631)

 

181,068

 

155,137

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

815,187

 

801,602

 

Income before income tax

 

117,627

 

150,579

 

Income tax expense

 

39,336

 

51,558

 

Net income

 

78,291

 

99,021

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners(1)

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners - basic

 

$

0.99

 

$

1.20

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners - diluted

 

$

0.97

 

$

1.18

 

Cash dividends paid per share

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares outstanding - basic

 

79,139,392

 

82,330,330

 

Average shares outstanding - diluted

 

80,706,744

 

83,921,135

 

 


(1)Protective Life Corporation (“PLC”)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of income tax: (2013 - $(76,295); 2012 - $5,308)

 

(141,691

)

9,856

 

Reclassification adjustment for investment amounts included in net income, net of income tax: (2013 - $(2,704); 2012 - $(449))

 

(5,022

)

(833

)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) relating to other-than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings, net of income tax: (2013 - $4,219; 2012 - $1,571)

 

7,837

 

2,917

 

Change in accumulated (loss) gain - derivatives, net of income tax: (2013 - $1,543; 2012 - $2,872)

 

2,866

 

5,333

 

Reclassification adjustment for derivative amounts included in net income, net of income tax: (2013 - $174; 2012 - $235)

 

323

 

438

 

Change in postretirement benefits liability adjustment, net of income tax: (2013 - $(922); 2012 - $(728))

 

(1,712

)

(1,352

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(137,399

)

16,359

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

(59,108

)

115,380

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to Protective Life Corporation

 

$

(59,108

)

$

115,380

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

4



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2013 - $27,220,069; 2012 - $26,681,324)

 

$

30,065,491

 

$

29,787,959

 

Fixed maturities, at amortized cost (fair value: 2013 - $334,579; 2012 - $319,163)

 

315,000

 

300,000

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost: 2013 - $406,937; 2012 - $409,376)

 

415,176

 

411,786

 

Mortgage loans (2013 and 2012 includes: $728,671 and $765,520 related to securitizations)

 

4,835,917

 

4,950,201

 

Investment real estate, net of accumulated depreciation (2013 - $1,087; 2012 - $1,017)

 

18,952

 

19,816

 

Policy loans

 

862,202

 

865,391

 

Other long-term investments

 

348,394

 

361,837

 

Short-term investments

 

161,506

 

217,812

 

Total investments

 

37,022,638

 

36,914,802

 

Cash

 

275,103

 

368,801

 

Accrued investment income

 

361,463

 

357,368

 

Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts (2013 - $4,347; 2012 - $4,290)

 

104,539

 

85,500

 

Reinsurance receivables

 

5,842,124

 

5,805,401

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

3,262,029

 

3,239,519

 

Goodwill

 

107,786

 

108,561

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (2013 - $107,459; 2012 - $105,789)

 

48,590

 

47,607

 

Other assets

 

272,760

 

262,052

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

30,827

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

10,670,833

 

9,601,417

 

Variable universal life

 

605,622

 

562,817

 

Total assets

 

$

58,573,487

 

$

57,384,672

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

5



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(continued)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 
2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and claims

 

$

21,793,320

 

$

21,626,386

 

Unearned premiums

 

1,426,496

 

1,396,026

 

Total policy liabilities and accruals

 

23,219,816

 

23,022,412

 

Stable value product account balances

 

2,544,609

 

2,510,559

 

Annuity account balances

 

10,524,393

 

10,658,463

 

Other policyholders’ funds

 

569,533

 

566,985

 

Other liabilities

 

1,375,962

 

1,434,604

 

Income tax payable

 

4,782

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

1,690,052

 

1,736,389

 

Non-recourse funding obligations

 

596,000

 

586,000

 

Repurchase program borrowings

 

300,000

 

150,000

 

Debt

 

1,390,000

 

1,400,000

 

Subordinated debt securities

 

540,593

 

540,593

 

Liabilities related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

10,670,833

 

9,601,417

 

Variable universal life

 

605,622

 

562,817

 

Total liabilities

 

54,032,195

 

52,770,239

 

Commitments and contingencies - Note 7

 

 

 

 

 

Shareowners’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock; $1 par value, shares authorized: 4,000,000; Issued: None

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $.50 par value, shares authorized: 2013 and 2012 - 160,000,000 shares issued: 2013 and 2012 - 88,776,960

 

44,388

 

44,388

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

599,514

 

606,369

 

Treasury stock, at cost (2013 - 10,327,889; 2012 - 10,639,467)

 

(203,698

)

(209,840

)

Retained earnings

 

2,501,765

 

2,437,544

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of income tax: (2013 - $899,657; 2012 - $978,656)

 

1,670,791

 

1,817,504

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains relating to other-than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings, net of income tax: (2013 - $2,072; 2012 - $(2,147))

 

3,849

 

(3,988

)

Accumulated loss - derivatives, net of income tax: (2013 - $(166); 2012 - $(1,883))

 

(307

)

(3,496

)

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment, net of income tax: (2013 - $(40,390); 2012 - $(39,468))

 

(75,010

)

(73,298

)

Total Protective Life Corporation’s shareowners’ equity

 

4,541,292

 

4,615,183

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(750

)

Total equity

 

4,541,292

 

4,614,433

 

Total liabilities and shareowners’ equity

 

$

58,573,487

 

$

57,384,672

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

6



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Corporation’s

 

Non

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Paid-In-

 

Treasury

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

shareowners’

 

controlling

 

Total

 

 

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Stock

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

equity

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

44,388

 

$

606,369

 

$

(209,840

)

$

2,437,544

 

$

1,736,722

 

$

4,615,183

 

$

(750

)

$

4,614,433

 

Net income for three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,291

 

 

 

78,291

 

 

78,291

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(137,399

)

(137,399

)

 

(137,399

)

Comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(59,108

)

 

(59,108

)

Cash dividends ($0.18 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,070

)

 

 

(14,070

)

 

(14,070

)

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

(750

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(750

)

750

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

(6,105

)

6,142

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

37

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

 

$

44,388

 

$

599,514

 

$

(203,698

)

$

2,501,765

 

$

1,599,323

 

$

4,541,292

 

$

 

$

4,541,292

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

7



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Realized investment losses (gains)

 

1,344

 

12,947

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

52,239

 

56,836

 

Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(63,154

)

(63,971

)

Depreciation expense

 

2,205

 

2,326

 

Deferred income tax

 

38,963

 

(23,126

)

Accrued income tax

 

35,609

 

73,508

 

Interest credited to universal life and investment products

 

223,468

 

243,608

 

Policy fees assessed on universal life and investment products

 

(222,969

)

(188,790

)

Change in reinsurance receivables

 

(36,723

)

(29,191

)

Change in accrued investment income and other receivables

 

(6,367

)

(9,776

)

Change in policy liabilities and other policyholders’ funds of traditional life and health products

 

34,278

 

(11,714

)

Trading securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and principal reductions of investments

 

54,121

 

98,457

 

Sale of investments

 

40,031

 

273,030

 

Cost of investments acquired

 

(65,419

)

(371,030

)

Other net change in trading securities

 

(11,225

)

17,623

 

Change in other liabilities

 

(55,658

)

(117,178

)

Other income - gains on repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations

 

(1,250

)

(35,456

)

Other, net

 

(708

)

4,899

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

97,076

 

32,023

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and principal reductions of investments, available-for-sale

 

229,316

 

314,920

 

Sale of investments, available-for-sale

 

652,347

 

719,031

 

Cost of investments acquired, available-for-sale

 

(1,436,523

)

(1,198,459

)

Change in investments, held-to-maturity

 

(15,000

)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

New lendings

 

(42,919

)

(81,226

)

Repayments

 

156,924

 

117,107

 

Change in investment real estate, net

 

924

 

(1,754

)

Change in policy loans, net

 

3,189

 

1,969

 

Change in other long-term investments, net

 

(43,089

)

(83,836

)

Change in short-term investments, net

 

60,888

 

(30,950

)

Net unsettled security transactions

 

48,166

 

93,942

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(6,140

)

(1,824

)

Sales of property and equipment

 

57

 

 

Payments for business acquisitions

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(391,860

)

(151,080

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under line of credit arrangements and debt

 

40,000

 

25,000

 

Principal payments on line of credit arrangement and debt

 

(50,000

)

(65,000

)

Issuance (repayment) of non-recourse funding obligations

 

10,000

 

(110,800

)

Repurchase program borrowings

 

150,000

 

221,569

 

Dividends to shareowners

 

(14,070

)

(13,073

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(25,977

)

Investment product deposits and change in universal life deposits

 

798,912

 

894,572

 

Investment product withdrawals

 

(733,756

)

(895,493

)

Other financing activities, net

 

 

(3,686

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

201,086

 

27,112

 

Change in cash

 

(93,698

)

(91,945

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

368,801

 

267,298

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

275,103

 

$

175,353

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

8



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

1.                                      BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements of Protective Life Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. Operating results for the three month period ended March 31, 2013, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013. The year-end consolidated condensed financial data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have historically been subject to significant fluctuations due to changing competition, economic conditions, interest rates, investment performance, insurance ratings, claims, persistency, and other factors.

 

Reclassifications and Accounting Changes

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income or shareowners’ equity.

 

Entities Included

 

The consolidated condensed financial statements include the accounts of Protective Life Corporation and subsidiaries and its affiliate companies in which the Company holds a majority voting or economic interest. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold its ownership interest in an immaterial limited partnership which previously resulted in a non-controlling interest in income and equity of the Company.

 

2.                                      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

For a full description of significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. There were no significant changes to the Company’s accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

 

ASU No. 2011-11—Balance Sheet—Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  This Update contains new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of offset and related arrangements associated with its financial and derivative instruments. The new disclosures are designed to make financial statements that are prepared under GAAP more comparable to those prepared under IFRSs. Generally, it is more difficult to qualify for offsetting under IFRSs than it is under GAAP. As a result, entities with significant financial instrument and derivative portfolios that report under IFRSs typically present positions on their balance sheets that are significantly

 

9



Table of Contents

 

larger than those of entities with similarly sized portfolios whose financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. To facilitate comparison between financial statements prepared under GAAP and IFRSs, the new disclosures will give financial statement users information about both gross and net exposures. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, which clarifies that application of ASU No. 2011-11 is limited to certain derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Both Updates were effective January 1, 2013. Neither Update had an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

ASU No. 2012-02—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.  This Update is intended to reduce the complexity and cost of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by allowing an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of impairment prior to the quantitative calculation required by current guidance. Under the amendments to Topic 350, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If an entity determines it is not more likely than not that impairment exists, quantitative impairment testing is not required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, the impairment test outlined in current guidance is required to be completed. The Update does not change the current requirement that indefinite-lived intangible assets be reviewed for impairment at least annually. This Update was effective January 1, 2013. This Update did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

ASU No. 2013-02—Comprehensive Income—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this Update supersede the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income—Presentation of Comprehensive Income, and ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income—Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, for all entities. The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. The Update requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  The Company has added the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income footnote to disclose the required information beginning in the first quarter of 2013.  This update was effective January 1, 2013.  This update did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

3.                                      INVESTMENT OPERATIONS

 

Net realized gains (losses) for all other investments are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

12,309

 

$

20,046

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

 

Impairments on fixed maturity securities

 

(3,587

)

(18,740

)

Impairments on equity securities

 

(997

)

(24

)

Modco trading portfolio

 

(15,328

)

18,099

 

Other investments

 

(1,127

)

(2,419

)

Total realized gains (losses) - investments

 

$

(8,729

)

$

16,962

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, gross realized gains on investments available-for-sale (fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments) were $12.9 million and gross realized losses were $4.9 million, including $4.4 million of impairment losses.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, gross realized gains on investments available-for-sale (fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments) were $23.2 million and gross realized losses were $21.8 million, including $18.7 million of impairment losses.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value (proceeds) of $388.6 million. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $12.9 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value (proceeds) of $499.4 million. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $23.2 million.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $4.0 million. The loss realized on the sale of these securities was $0.6 million.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $17.2 million. The loss realized on the sale of these securities was $3.1 million.

 

Certain European countries have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the continued debt crisis in Europe could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and on sovereign and non-sovereign obligations. There remains considerable uncertainty as to future developments in the European debt crisis and the impact on financial markets.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investments classified as available-for-sale as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Total OTTI

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

in OCI(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

1,670,034

 

$

88,814

 

$

(40,939

)

$

1,717,909

 

$

6,353

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

853,334

 

64,906

 

(2,085

)

916,155

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,013,575

 

17,325

 

(84,339

)

946,561

 

(189

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,142,772

 

66,003

 

(1,723

)

1,207,052

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

82,172

 

6,323

 

(18

)

88,477

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,179,373

 

254,478

 

(269

)

1,433,582

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

18,310,621

 

2,540,833

 

(63,887

)

20,787,567

 

 

 

 

24,251,881

 

3,038,682

 

(193,260

)

27,097,303

 

6,164

 

Equity securities

 

384,499

 

15,003

 

(6,763

)

392,739

 

(243

)

Short-term investments

 

50,896

 

 

 

50,896

 

 

 

 

$

24,687,276

 

$

3,053,685

 

$

(200,023

)

$

27,540,938

 

$

5,921

 

2012 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

1,766,440

 

$

92,265

 

$

(19,375

)

$

1,839,330

 

$

(406

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

797,844

 

72,577

 

(598

)

869,823

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,023,649

 

12,788

 

(61,424

)

975,013

 

(241

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,099,001

 

71,537

 

(595

)

1,169,943

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

93,565

 

7,258

 

(45

)

100,778

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,188,077

 

255,900

 

(264

)

1,443,713

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

17,705,440

 

2,725,057

 

(48,446

)

20,382,051

 

(5,487

)

 

 

23,674,016

 

3,237,382

 

(130,747

)

26,780,651

 

(6,134

)

Equity securities

 

389,821

 

12,443

 

(10,033

)

392,231

 

 

Short-term investments

 

98,877

 

 

 

98,877

 

 

 

 

$

24,162,714

 

$

3,249,825

 

$

(140,780

)

$

27,271,759

 

$

(6,134

)

 


(1)These amounts are included in the gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses columns above.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investments classified as held-to-maturity as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Total OTTI

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

in OCI

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

$

315,000

 

$

19,579

 

$

 

$

334,579

 

$

 

 

 

$

315,000

 

$

19,579

 

$

 

$

334,579

 

$

 

2012 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

$

300,000

 

$

19,163

 

$

 

$

319,163

 

$

 

 

 

$

300,000

 

$

19,163

 

$

 

$

319,163

 

$

 

 

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had an additional $3.0 billion and $3.0 billion of fixed maturities, $22.4 million and $19.6 million of equity securities, and $110.6 million and $118.9 million of short-term investments classified as trading securities, respectively.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity fixed maturities as of March 31, 2013, by expected maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of securities without a single maturity date are allocated based on estimated rates of prepayment that may differ from actual rates of prepayment.

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

462,459

 

$

469,358

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

4,482,491

 

4,937,108

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

6,611,666

 

7,246,081

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

12,695,265

 

14,444,756

 

315,000

 

334,579

 

 

 

$

24,251,881

 

$

27,097,303

 

$

315,000

 

$

334,579

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of investments of $1.3 million, of which $0.3 million related to debt securities and $1.0 million related to equity securities. Credit impairments recorded in earnings during the period were $4.6 million. During the period, $3.3 million of non-credit losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income were recorded in earnings as credit losses. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no other-than-temporary impairments related to debt securities or equity securities that the Company intended to sell or expected to be required to sell.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recorded pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of investments of $34.4 million, almost all of which were related to debt securities. Of the $34.4 million of impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2012, $18.8 million was recorded in earnings and $15.6 million was recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). There was an immaterial amount of impairments related to equity securities. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no other-than-temporary impairments related to debt securities or equity securities that the Company intended to sell or expected to be required to sell.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

The following chart is a rollforward of available-for-sale credit losses on debt securities held by the Company for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

122,121

 

$

69,719

 

Additions for newly impaired securities

 

997

 

15,854

 

Additions for previously impaired securities

 

1,486

 

2,779

 

Reductions for previously impaired securities due to a change in expected cash flows

 

 

 

Reductions for previously impaired securities that were sold in the current period

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

124,604

 

$

88,352

 

 

The following table includes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

130,062

 

$

(27,206

)

$

99,623

 

$

(13,733

)

$

229,685

 

$

(40,939

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

112,880

 

(2,085

)

 

 

112,880

 

(2,085

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

74,375

 

(9,968

)

602,783

 

(74,371

)

677,158

 

(84,339

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

206,309

 

(1,723

)

 

 

206,309

 

(1,723

)

Other government-related securities

 

20,003

 

(2

)

3,617

 

(16

)

23,620

 

(18

)

States, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

11,521

 

(269

)

 

 

11,521

 

(269

)

Corporate bonds

 

1,387,207

 

(43,754

)

285,094

 

(20,133

)

1,672,301

 

(63,887

)

Equities

 

55,317

 

(243

)

29,192

 

(6,520

)

84,509

 

(6,763

)

 

 

$

1,997,674

 

$

(85,250

)

$

1,020,309

 

$

(114,773

)

$

3,017,983

 

$

(200,023

)

 

RMBS have a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $13.7 million as of March 31, 2013. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

The other asset-backed securities have a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $74.4 million as of March 31, 2013. This category predominately includes student-loan backed auction rate securities, the underlying collateral, of which is at least 97% guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). These unrealized losses have occurred within the Company’s auction rate securities (“ARS”) portfolio since the market collapse during 2008. At this time, the Company has no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary.

 

The corporate bonds category has gross unrealized losses greater than twelve months of $20.1 million as of March 31, 2013. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to positive factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors considered include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The equities category has a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $6.5 million as of March 31, 2013. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to the capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

The Company does not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary, based on the factors discussed and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until the fair values recover, and does not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering the Company’s amortized cost of debt securities.

 

The following table includes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

101,522

 

$

(9,605

)

$

166,000

 

$

(9,770

)

$

267,522

 

$

(19,375

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

50,601

 

(598

)

 

 

50,601

 

(598

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

479,223

 

(28,179

)

242,558

 

(33,245

)

721,781

 

(61,424

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

107,802

 

(595

)

 

 

107,802

 

(595

)

Other government-related securities

 

14,955

 

(45

)

 

 

14,955

 

(45

)

States, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

11,526

 

(264

)

 

 

11,526

 

(264

)

Corporate bonds

 

777,552

 

(23,663

)

364,110

 

(24,783

)

1,141,662

 

(48,446

)

Equities

 

35,059

 

(5,150

)

21,954

 

(4,883

)

57,013

 

(10,033

)

 

 

$

1,578,240

 

$

(68,099

)

$

794,622

 

$

(72,681

)

$

2,372,862

 

$

(140,780

)

 

RMBS had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $9.8 million as of December 31, 2012. The non-agency RMBS market experienced improvements during the year, but these losses represented securities where credit concerns were more pronounced. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

The other asset-backed securities had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $33.2 million as of December 31, 2012. This category predominately includes student-loan backed auction rate securities, the underlying collateral, of which is at least 97% guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). These unrealized losses have occurred within the Company’s auction rate securities (“ARS”) portfolio since the market collapse during 2008. At this time, the Company has no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary.

 

The corporate bonds category had gross unrealized losses greater than twelve months of $24.8 million as of December 31, 2012. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to positive factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors considered include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The equities category had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $4.9 million as of December 31, 2012. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to the capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The Company does not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary, based on the factors discussed and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until the fair values recover, and does not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering the Company’s amortized cost of debt securities.

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Company had securities in its available-for-sale portfolio which were rated below investment grade of $1.6 billion and had an amortized cost of $1.6 billion. In addition, included in the Company’s trading portfolio, the Company held $367.5 million of securities which were rated below investment grade. Approximately $422.0 million of the below investment grade securities were not publicly traded.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The change in unrealized gains (losses), net of income tax, on fixed maturity and equity securities, classified as available-for-sale is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

(169,788

)

$

19,446

 

Equity securities

 

3,790

 

5,106

 

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

The Company holds certain investments in entities in which its ownership interests could possibly be considered variable interests under Topic 810 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC” or “Codification”) (excluding debt and equity securities held as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity). The Company reviews the characteristics of each of these applicable entities and compares those characteristics to applicable criteria to determine whether the entity is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”).  If the entity is determined to be a VIE, the Company then performs a detailed review to determine whether the interest would be considered a variable interest under the guidance. The Company then performs a qualitative review of all variable interests with the entity and determines whether the Company is the primary beneficiary. ASC 810 provides that an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if the entity has 1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

 

Based on this analysis, the Company had an interest in one wholly owned subsidiary, Red Mountain, LLC (“Red Mountain”), that was determined to be a VIE as of March 31, 2013. The activity most significant to Red Mountain is the issuance of a note in connection with a financing transaction involving Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate V”) and the Company in which Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain and Red Mountain issued the note to Golden Gate V. Credit enhancement on the Red Mountain Note is provided by an unrelated third party. For details of this transaction, see Note 6, Debt and Other Obligations. The Company had the power, via its 100% ownership through an affiliate, to direct the activities of the VIE, but did not have the obligation to absorb losses related to the primary risks or sources of variability to the VIE. The variability of loss would be borne primarily by the third party in its function as provider of credit enhancement on the Red Mountain Note. Accordingly, it was determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company’s risk of loss related to the VIE is limited to its investment of $10,000. Additionally, the holding company (“PLC”) has guaranteed the VIE’s payment obligation for the credit enhancement fee to the unrelated third party provider.

 

4.                                      MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Mortgage Loans

 

The Company invests a portion of its investment portfolio in commercial mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s mortgage loan holdings were approximately $4.8 billion. The Company has specialized in making loans on either credit-oriented commercial properties or credit-anchored strip shopping centers and apartments. The Company’s underwriting procedures relative to its commercial loan portfolio are based, in the Company’s view, on a conservative and disciplined approach. The Company concentrates on a small number of commercial real estate asset types associated with the necessities of life (retail, multi-family, professional office buildings, and warehouses). The Company believes these asset types tend to weather economic downturns better than other commercial asset classes in which it has chosen not to participate. The Company believes this disciplined approach has helped to maintain a relatively low delinquency and foreclosure rate throughout its history.

 

The Company’s commercial mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the

 

15



Table of Contents

 

effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income.

 

Many of the mortgage loans have call options or interest rate reset options between 3 and 10 years. However, if interest rates were to significantly increase, we may be unable to exercise the call options or increase the interest rates on our existing mortgage loans commensurate with the significantly increased market rates. Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $143.0 million would become due for the remainder of 2013, $1.3 billion in 2014 through 2018, $588.2 million in 2019 through 2023, and $178.3 million thereafter.

 

The Company offers a type of commercial mortgage loan under which the Company will permit a loan-to-value ratio of up to 85% in exchange for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, approximately $736.9 million and $817.3 million, respectively, of the Company’s mortgage loans have this participation feature. Cash flows received as a result of this participation feature are recorded as interest income.

 

As of March 31, 2013, approximately $21.2 million, or 0.06%, of invested assets consisted of nonperforming, restructured or mortgage loans that were foreclosed and were converted to real estate properties. The Company does not expect these investments to adversely affect its liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. The Company’s mortgage loan portfolio consists of two categories of loans: (1) those not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement and (2) those subject to a contractual pooling and servicing agreement.

 

As of March 31, 2013, $14.3 million of mortgage loans not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. The Company did not foreclose any nonperforming loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2013, $6.9 million of loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Company did not foreclose on any nonperforming loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had an allowance for mortgage loan credit losses of $4.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Due to the Company’s loss experience and nature of the loan portfolio, the Company believes that a collectively evaluated allowance would be inappropriate. The Company believes an allowance calculated through an analysis of specific loans that are believed to have a higher risk of credit impairment provides a more accurate presentation of expected losses in the portfolio and is consistent with the applicable guidance for loan impairments in ASC Subtopic 310. Since the Company uses the specific identification method for calculating the allowance, it is necessary to review the economic situation of each borrower to determine those that have higher risk of credit impairment. The Company has a team of professionals that monitors borrower conditions such as payment practices, borrower credit, operating performance, and property conditions, as well as ensuring the timely payment of property taxes and insurance. Through this monitoring process, the Company assesses the risk of each loan. When issues are identified, the severity of the issues are assessed and reviewed for possible credit impairment. If a loss is probable, an expected loss calculation is performed and an allowance is established for that loan based on the expected loss. The expected loss is calculated as the excess carrying value of a loan over either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or the current estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral. A loan may be subsequently charged off at such point that the Company no longer expects to receive cash payments, the present value of future expected payments of the renegotiated loan is less than the current principal balance, or at such time that the Company is party to foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings associated with the borrower and does not expect to recover the principal balance of the loan.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

A charge off is recorded by eliminating the allowance against the mortgage loan and recording the renegotiated loan or the collateral property related to the loan as investment real estate on the balance sheet, which is carried at the lower of the appraised fair value of the property or the unpaid principal balance of the loan, less estimated selling costs associated with the property:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2,875

 

$

6,475

 

Charge offs

 

 

(9,840

)

Recoveries

 

 

(628

)

Provision

 

1,170

 

6,868

 

Ending balance

 

$

4,045

 

$

2,875

 

 

It is the Company’s policy to cease to carry accrued interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is the Company’s general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. For loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement, there are certain additional restrictions and/or requirements related to workout proceedings, and as such, these loans may have different attributes and/or circumstances affecting the status of delinquency or categorization of those in nonperforming status. An analysis of the delinquent loans is shown in the following chart as of March 31, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

than 90 Days

 

Total

 

 

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Commercial mortgage loans

 

$

16,220

 

$

1,774

 

$

19,473

 

$

37,467

 

Number of delinquent commercial mortgage loans

 

5

 

1

 

7

 

13

 

 

The Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that are collateralized by real estate. Due to the collateralized nature of the loans, any assessment of impairment and ultimate loss given a default on the loans is based upon a consideration of the estimated fair value of the real estate. The Company limits accrued interest income on impaired loans to ninety days of interest. Once accrued interest on the impaired loan is received, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. For information regarding impaired loans, please refer to the following chart as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Cash Basis

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Interest

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

16,368

 

$

18,716

 

$

 

$

2,046

 

$

176

 

$

87

 

With an allowance recorded

 

13,927

 

13,927

 

4,045

 

3,482

 

154

 

154

 

2012 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

14,619

 

$

16,942

 

$

 

$

2,088

 

$

53

 

$

100

 

With an allowance recorded

 

13,927

 

13,927

 

2,875

 

3,482

 

154

 

154

 

 

5.                                      GOODWILL

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company decreased its goodwill balance by approximately $0.8 million. The decrease was due to adjustments in the Acquisitions segment related to tax benefits realized during 2013 on the portion of tax goodwill in excess of GAAP basis goodwill. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had an aggregate goodwill balance of $107.8 million.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Accounting for goodwill requires an estimate of the future profitability of the associated lines of business to assess the recoverability of the capitalized acquisition goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying value of goodwill at the segment (or reporting unit) level at least annually and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: 1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, 2) unanticipated competition, or 3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. When evaluating whether goodwill is impaired, the Company first determines through qualitative analysis whether relevant events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that segment goodwill balances are impaired as of the testing date. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, the Company compares its estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company utilizes a fair value measurement (which includes a discounted cash flows analysis) to assess the carrying value of the reporting units in consideration of the recoverability of the goodwill balance assigned to each reporting unit as of the measurement date. The Company’s material goodwill balances are attributable to certain of its operating segments (which are each considered to be reporting units). The cash flows used to determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are dependent on a number of significant assumptions. The Company’s estimates, which consider a market participant view of fair value, are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results and cash flows, which are impacted by such things as policyholder behavior, competitor pricing, capital limitations, new product introductions, and specific industry and market conditions. Additionally, the discount rate used is based on the Company’s judgment of the appropriate rate for each reporting unit based on the relative risk associated with the projected cash flows. As of December 31, 2012, the Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill and determined that no adjustment to impair goodwill was necessary. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, no events occurred which indicate an impairment was required or which would invalidate the previous results of the Company’s impairment assessment.

 

6.                                      DEBT AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

 

The Company has access to a Credit Facility that provides the ability to borrow on an unsecured basis up to an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. The Company has the right in certain circumstances to request that the commitment under the Credit Facility be increased up to a maximum principal amount of $1.0 billion. Balances outstanding under the Credit Facility accrue interest at a rate equal to, at the option of the Borrowers, (i)  LIBOR plus a spread based on the ratings of the Company’s senior unsecured long-term debt (“Senior Debt”), or (ii) the sum of (A) a rate equal to the highest of (x) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (y) 0.50% above the Federal Funds rate, or (z) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (B) a spread based on the ratings of the Company’s Senior Debt. The Credit Facility also provides for a facility fee at a rate that varies with the ratings of the Company’s Senior Debt and that is calculated on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Credit Facility, whether used or unused. The maturity date on the Credit Facility is July 17, 2017. The Company is not aware of any non-compliance with the financial debt covenants of the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013. There was an outstanding balance of $40.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20% under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013.

 

Non-Recourse Funding Obligations

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate II”), a special purpose financial captive insurance company wholly owned by Protective Life Insurance Company (“PLICO”), had $575 million of outstanding non-recourse funding obligations as of March 31, 2013. These outstanding non-recourse funding obligations were issued to special purpose trusts, which in turn issued securities to third parties. Certain of our affiliates own a portion of these securities. As of March 31, 2013, securities related to $281.0 million of the outstanding balance of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by external parties and securities related to $294.0 million of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by our affiliates.

 

Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company

 

On October 10, 2012, Golden Gate V and Red Mountain, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a 20-year transaction to finance up to $945 million of “AXXX” reserves related to a block of universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued by our direct wholly owned subsidiary PLICO and indirect wholly owned subsidiary, West Coast Life Insurance Company (“WCL”). Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain, and Red Mountain

 

18



Table of Contents

 

issued a note with an initial principal amount of $275 million, increasing to a maximum of $945 million in 2027, to Golden Gate V for deposit to a reinsurance trust supporting Golden Gate V’s obligations under a reinsurance agreement with WCL, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. Through the structure, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“Hannover Re”), the ultimate risk taker in the transaction, provides credit enhancement to the Red Mountain note for the 20-year term in exchange for a fee. The transaction is “non-recourse” to Golden Gate V, Red Mountain, WCL, PLICO and the Company, meaning that none of these companies are liable for the reimbursement of any credit enhancement payments required to be made. As of March 31, 2013, the principal balance of the Red Mountain note was $315 million. In connection with the transaction, we have entered into certain support agreements under which we guarantee or otherwise support certain obligations of Golden Gate V or Red Mountain.

 

In connection with the transaction outlined above, Golden Gate V had a $315 million outstanding non-recourse funding obligation as of March 31, 2013. This non-recourse funding obligation matures in 2037, has scheduled increases in principal to a maximum of $945 million, and accrues interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.25%.

 

Non-recourse funding obligations outstanding as of March 31, 2013, on a consolidated basis, are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-to-Date

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

Weighted-Avg

 

Issuer

 

Balance

 

Year

 

Interest Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company

 

$

281,000

 

2052

 

1.03

%

Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company

 

315,000

 

2037

 

6.25

%

Total

 

$

596,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company repurchased $5.0 million of its outstanding non-recourse funding obligations, at a discount. These repurchases resulted in a $1.3 million pre-tax gain for the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased $121.8 million of its outstanding non-recourse funding obligations, at a discount. These repurchases resulted in a $38.4 million pre-tax gain for the Company. These gains are recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Repurchase Program Borrowings

 

While the Company anticipates that the cash flows of its operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet its investment commitments and operating cash needs in a normal credit market environment, the Company recognizes that investment commitments scheduled to be funded may, from time to time, exceed the funds then available. Therefore, the Company has established repurchase agreement programs for certain of its insurance subsidiaries to provide liquidity when needed. The Company expects that the rate received on its investments will equal or exceed its borrowing rate. Under this program, the Company may, from time to time, sell an investment security at a specific price and agree to repurchase that security at another specified price at a later date. These borrowings are for a term less than ninety days. The market value of securities to be repurchased is monitored and collateral levels are adjusted where appropriate to protect the counterparty against credit exposure. Cash received is invested in fixed maturity securities, and the agreements provided for net settlement in the event of default or on termination of the agreements. As of March 31, 2013, the fair value of securities pledged under the repurchase program was $337.7 million and the repurchase obligation of $300.0 million was included in the Company’s consolidated condensed balance sheets (at an average borrowing rate of 12 basis points). During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $472.3 million. The average daily balance was $372.7 million (at an average borrowing rate of 14 basis points) during the three months ended March 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a $150.0 million outstanding balance related to such borrowings. During 2012, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $425.0 million. The average daily balance was $266.3 million (at an average borrowing rate of 14 basis points) during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

7.                                      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors that provide, among other things and subject to certain limitations, a contractual right to indemnification to the fullest extent permissible under the law. The Company has agreements with certain of its officers providing up to $10 million in indemnification. These obligations are in addition to the customary obligation to indemnify officers and directors contained in the Company’s governance documents.

 

Under insurance guaranty fund laws, in most states insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. In addition, from time to time, companies may be asked to contribute amounts beyond prescribed limits. Most insurance guaranty fund laws provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer’s own financial strength. The Company does not believe its insurance guaranty fund assessments will be materially different from amounts already provided for in the financial statements.

 

A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers, broker dealers and other providers of financial services involving sales, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives, relationships with agents or persons with whom the insurer does business, and other matters. Often these lawsuits have resulted in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive and non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive non-economic compensatory damages which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, companies have made material settlement payments. Publicly held companies in general and the financial services and insurance industries in particular are also sometimes the target of law enforcement and regulatory investigations relating to the numerous laws and regulations that govern such companies. Some companies have been the subject of law enforcement or regulatory actions or other actions resulting from such investigations. The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is involved in such matters.

 

The Company establishes liabilities for litigation and regulatory actions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. For matters where a loss is believed to be reasonably possible, but not probable, no liability is established. For such matters, the Company may provide an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made. The Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and regulatory matters on a quarterly and annual basis and updates its established liabilities, disclosures and estimates of reasonably possible losses or range of loss based on such reviews.

 

Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation or regulatory action, the Company does not believe that any such outcome will have an impact, either individually or in the aggregate, on its financial condition or results of operations that differs materially from the Company’s established liabilities. Given the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such matters, however, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain such matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations for any particular reporting period.

 

In the IRS audit that concluded during the prior year, the IRS proposed favorable and unfavorable adjustments to the Company’s 2003 through 2007 reported taxable incomes. The Company protested certain unfavorable adjustments and is seeking resolution at the IRS’ Appeals Division. If the IRS prevails on every issue that it identified in this audit, and the Company does not litigate these issues, then the Company will make an income tax payment of approximately $26.6 million. However, this payment, if it were to occur, would not materially impact the Company or its effective tax rate.

 

The Company has received notice from two third party auditors that certain of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, as well as certain other insurance companies for which the Company has co-insured blocks of life insurance and annuity policies, will be audited for compliance with the unclaimed property laws of a number of states. The audits are being conducted on behalf of the treasury departments in such states. The focus of the audits is on whether there have been unreported deaths, maturities, or policies that have exceeded limiting age with respect to which death benefits or other payments under life insurance or annuity policies should be treated as unclaimed property that

 

20



Table of Contents

 

should be escheated to the state. The Company has recorded a reserve with respect to life insurance policies issued by the Company’s subsidiaries and certain co-insured blocks of life insurance policies issued by other companies in connection with these pending audits. The Company does not consider the amount of this reserve to be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. With respect to one block of life insurance policies that is co-insured by a subsidiary of the Company, the Company is presently unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss due to a number of factors, including uncertainty as to the legal theory or theories that may give rise to liability, uncertainty as to whether the Company or other companies are responsible for the liabilities, if any, arising in connection with such policies, the distinct characteristics of this co-insured block of policies which differentiate it from the blocks of life insurance policies for which the Company has recorded a reserve, and the early stages of the audits being conducted. The Company will continue to monitor the matter for any developments that would make the loss contingency associated with this block of co-insured policies probable or reasonably estimable.

 

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have received notice that they are subject to a targeted multi-state examination with respect to their claims paying practices and their use of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File or similar databases (a “Death Database”) to identify unreported deaths in their life insurance policies, annuity contracts and retained asset accounts. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for requiring a life insurer to search for unreported deaths in order to determine whether a benefit is owed, and substantial legal authority exists to support the position that the prevailing industry practice was lawful. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into settlement or consent agreements with state insurance regulators under which the life insurers agreed to implement procedures for periodically comparing their life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest as well as penalties to the state if the beneficiary could not be found.  It has been publicly reported that the life insurers have paid substantial administrative and/or examination fees to the insurance regulators in connection with the settlement or consent agreements. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that insurance regulators could demand from the Company administrative and/or examination fees relating to the targeted multi-state examination. Based on publicly reported payments by other life insurers, the Company estimates the range of such fees to be from $0 to $3.5 million.

 

8.                                      STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, 298,500 performance shares with an estimated fair value of $9.3 million were awarded. The criteria for payment of the 2013 performance awards is based primarily on the Company’s average operating return on average equity (“ROE”) over a three-year period. If the Company’s ROE is below 10.0%, no award is earned. If the Company’s ROE is at or above 11.5%, the award maximum is earned. Awards are paid in shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Restricted stock units are awarded to participants and include certain restrictions relating to vesting periods. The Company issued 141,000 restricted stock units for the three months ended March 31, 2013. These awards had a total fair value at grant date of $4.4 million. Approximately half of these restricted stock units vest in 2016, and the remainder vest in 2017. These awards have been recorded as equity-classified awards for the period ended March 31, 2013.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Stock appreciation right (“SARs”) have historically been granted to certain officers of the Company to provide long-term incentive compensation based solely on the performance of the Company’s common stock. The SARs are exercisable either five years after the date of grant or in three or four equal annual installments beginning one year after the date of grant (earlier upon the death, disability, or retirement of the officer, or in certain circumstances, of a change in control of the Company) and expire after ten years or upon termination of employment. The SARs activity as well as weighted-average base price is as follows:

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

Base Price per share

 

No. of SARs

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

22.15

 

1,641,167

 

SARs granted

 

 

 

SARs exercised / forfeited

 

22.83

 

69,899

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

 

$

22.12

 

1,571,268

 

 

The Company will pay an amount in stock equal to the difference between the specified base price of the Company’s common stock and the market value at the exercise date for each SAR. There were no SARs issued for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

9.                                      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Components of the net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan and unfunded excess benefit plan are as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Service cost — benefits earned during the period

 

$

2,708

 

$

2,561

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

2,553

 

2,604

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(2,759

)

(2,673

)

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

 

(95

)

(95

)

Amortization of actuarial losses

 

2,729

 

2,175

 

Total benefit cost

 

$

5,136

 

$

4,572

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company did not make any contributions to its defined benefit pension plan. During April of 2013, the Company contributed $2.3 million to the defined benefit pension plan for the 2013 plan year. The Company will continue to make contributions in future periods as necessary to at least satisfy minimum funding requirements. The Company may also make additional contributions in future periods to maintain an adjusted funding target attainment percentage (“AFTAP”) of at least 80%.

 

In July of 2012, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”), which includes pension funding stabilization provisions, was signed into law. These provisions establish an interest rate corridor which is designed to stabilize the segment rates used to determine funding requirements from the effects of interest rate volatility. The funding stabilization provisions of MAP-21 will reduce the Company’s minimum required defined benefit plan contributions for the 2012 and 2013 plan year. The Company is evaluating the impact this change will have on funding requirements in future years.  Since the funding stabilization provisions of MAP-21 do not apply for Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) reporting purposes, the Company may also make additional contributions in future periods to maintain an 80% funded status for PBGC reporting purposes.

 

In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides life insurance benefits to eligible retirees and limited healthcare benefits to eligible retirees who are not yet eligible for Medicare. For a closed group of retirees over age 65, the Company provides a prescription drug benefit. The cost of these plans for the three months ended March 31, 2013, was immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

10.                               ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following tables summarize the changes in the accumulated balances for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) and the reclassifications amounts out of AOCI for the period ended March 31, 2013.

 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Accumulated

 

Minimum

 

Other

 

 

 

Gains and Losses

 

Gain and Loss

 

Pension Liability

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

on Investments

 

Derivatives

 

Adjustment

 

Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Net of Tax)

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

1,813,516

 

$

(3,496

)

$

(73,298

)

$

1,736,722

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

(141,691

)

2,866

 

(1,712

)

(140,537

)

Other comprehensive income relating to other-than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings

 

7,837

 

 

 

7,837

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(1)

 

(5,022

)

323

 

 

(4,699

)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

(138,876

)

3,189

 

(1,712

)

(137,399

)

Ending Balance

 

$

1,674,640

 

$

(307

)

$

(75,010

)

$

1,599,323

 

 


(1) See Reclassification table below for details.

 

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

from Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

 

Income

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net settlement (expense)/benefit

 

$

(497

)

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

(497

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

174

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(323

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment gains/losses

 

$

12,310

 

Realized investment gains (losses): All other investments

 

Impairments recognized in earnings

 

(4,584

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

7,726

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(2,704

)

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

5,022

 

Net of tax

 

 

23



Table of Contents

 

11.                               EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to PLC’s common shareowners by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including shares issuable under various deferred compensation plans. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to PLC’s common shareowners by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period, assuming the shares were not anti-dilutive, including shares issuable under various stock-based compensation plans and stock purchase contracts.

 

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share is presented below:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

Calculation of basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares issued and outstanding

 

78,206,920

 

81,449,315

 

Issuable under various deferred compensation plans

 

932,472

 

881,015

 

Weighted shares outstanding - basic

 

79,139,392

 

82,330,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners - basic

 

$

0.99

 

$

1.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation of diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted shares outstanding - basic

 

79,139,392

 

82,330,330

 

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)(1)

 

440,164

 

457,514

 

Issuable under various other stock-based compensation plans

 

812,749

 

435,381

 

Restricted stock units

 

314,439

 

697,910

 

Weighted shares outstanding - diluted

 

80,706,744

 

83,921,135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners - diluted

 

$

0.97

 

$

1.18

 

 


(1)Excludes 670,320 and 689,545 SARs as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, that are antidilutive. In the event the average market price exceeds the issue price of the SARs, such rights would be dilutive to the Company’s earnings per share and will be included in the Company’s calculation of the diluted average shares outstanding, for applicable periods.

 

12.                               INCOME TAXES

 

There have been no material changes to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits, where such benefits impacted earnings, for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

In the IRS audit that concluded during the prior year, the IRS proposed favorable and unfavorable adjustments to the Company’s 2003 through 2007 reported taxable incomes. The Company protested certain unfavorable adjustments and is seeking resolution at the IRS’ Appeals Division. If the IRS prevails at Appeals, and the Company does not litigate these issues, then an acceleration of tax payments will occur. However, if these payments were to occur, they would not materially impact the Company or its effective tax rate.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The Company does not expect to have any material adjustments, within the next twelve months, to its balance of unrecognized income tax benefits. This viewpoint could change, however, if the Company receives an earlier than expected Appeals settlement on the aforementioned issues.

 

The Company used its estimate of its annual 2013 and 2012 income in computing its effective income tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were 33.4% and 34.2%, respectively.

 

In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by taxing authorities for tax years that began before 2003.

 

Based on the Company’s current assessment of future taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities, the Company anticipates that it is more likely than not that it will generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of its material deferred tax assets. The Company did not record a valuation allowance against its material deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2013.

 

13.                               FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company determined the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in FASB guidance referenced in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company has adopted the provisions from the FASB guidance that is referenced in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic for non-financial assets and liabilities (such as property and equipment, goodwill, and other intangible assets) that are required to be measured at fair value on a periodic basis. The effect on the Company’s periodic fair value measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities was not material.

 

The Company has categorized its financial instruments, based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three level hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

 

Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets are categorized as follows:

 

·                  Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market.

 

·                  Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active or significant inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

a)                                     Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets

b)                                     Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets

c)                                      Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable

d)                                     Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

·                  Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. They reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 

$

1,717,905

 

$

4

 

$

1,717,909

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

916,155

 

 

916,155

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

385,893

 

560,668

 

946,561

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

988,675

 

218,377

 

 

1,207,052

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

1,429,247

 

4,335

 

1,433,582

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

68,474

 

20,003

 

88,477

 

Corporate bonds

 

206

 

20,662,806

 

124,555

 

20,787,567

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

988,881

 

25,398,857

 

709,565

 

27,097,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

354,522

 

 

354,522

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

176,986

 

 

176,986

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

91,039

 

71,383

 

162,422

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

295,008

 

1,728

 

 

296,736

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

283,842

 

 

283,842

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

63,728

 

 

63,728

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

1,624,840

 

5,112

 

1,629,952

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

295,008

 

2,596,685

 

76,495

 

2,968,188

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,283,889

 

27,995,542

 

786,060

 

30,065,491

 

Equity securities

 

308,656

 

37,102

 

69,418

 

415,176

 

Other long-term investments(1)

 

39,960

 

42,518

 

57,117

 

139,595

 

Short-term investments

 

158,030

 

3,476

 

 

161,506

 

Total investments

 

1,790,535

 

28,078,638

 

912,595

 

30,781,768

 

Cash

 

275,103

 

 

 

275,103

 

Other assets

 

8,443

 

 

 

8,443

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

10,670,833

 

 

 

10,670,833

 

Variable universal life

 

605,622

 

 

 

605,622

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

13,350,536

 

$

28,078,638

 

$

912,595

 

$

42,341,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances(2)

 

$

 

$

 

$

123,681

 

$

123,681

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

2,380

 

47,367

 

539,814

 

589,561

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

2,380

 

$

47,367

 

$

663,495

 

$

713,242

 

 


(1)Includes certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 

$

1,839,326

 

$

4

 

$

1,839,330

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

869,823

 

 

869,823

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

378,870

 

596,143

 

975,013

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

909,988

 

259,955

 

 

1,169,943

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

1,439,378

 

4,335

 

1,443,713

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

80,767

 

20,011

 

100,778

 

Corporate bonds

 

207

 

20,213,952

 

167,892

 

20,382,051

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

910,195

 

25,082,071

 

788,385

 

26,780,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

357,803

 

 

357,803

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

171,073

 

 

171,073

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

87,395

 

70,535

 

157,930

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

304,704

 

1,169

 

 

305,873

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

278,898

 

 

278,898

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

63,444

 

 

63,444

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

1,672,172

 

115

 

1,672,287

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

304,704

 

2,631,954

 

70,650

 

3,007,308

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,214,899

 

27,714,025

 

859,035

 

29,787,959

 

Equity securities

 

307,252

 

35,116

 

69,418

 

411,786

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

23,639

 

58,134

 

31,591

 

113,364

 

Short-term investments

 

215,320

 

2,492

 

 

217,812

 

Total investments

 

1,761,110

 

27,809,767

 

960,044

 

30,530,921

 

Cash

 

368,801

 

 

 

368,801

 

Other assets

 

8,239

 

 

 

8,239

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

9,601,417

 

 

 

9,601,417

 

Variable universal life

 

562,817

 

 

 

562,817

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

12,302,384

 

$

27,809,767

 

$

960,044

 

$

41,072,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

 

$

 

$

129,468

 

$

129,468

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

19,187

 

27,250

 

611,437

 

657,874

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

19,187

 

$

27,250

 

$

740,905

 

$

787,342

 

 


(1)Includes certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

Determination of fair values

 

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities reflect market participant assumptions and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and financial liabilities based on quoted market prices, where available. The Company also determines certain fair values based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s credit standing, liquidity, and where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters. The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values for the financial instruments as listed in the above table.

 

The fair value of fixed maturity, short-term, and equity securities is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third party pricing services, non-binding independent broker quotations, or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available

 

27



Table of Contents

 

prices are first sought from third party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent brokers for non-binding prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Typical inputs used by these three pricing methods include, but are not limited to: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data including market research publications. Third party pricing services price over 90% of the Company’s available-for-sale and trading fixed maturity securities. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for available-for-sale and trading fixed maturities, third party pricing services derive the majority of security prices from observable market inputs such as recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information outlined above. If there are no recent reported trades, the third party pricing services and brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Certain securities are priced via independent non-binding broker quotations, which are considered to have no significant unobservable inputs. When using non-binding independent broker quotations, the Company obtains one quote per security, typically from the broker from which we purchased the security. A pricing matrix is used to price securities for which the Company is unable to obtain or effectively rely on either a price from a third party pricing service or an independent broker quotation.

 

The pricing matrix used by the Company begins with current spread levels to determine the market price for the security. The credit spreads, assigned by brokers, incorporate the issuer’s credit rating, liquidity discounts, weighted-average of contracted cash flows, risk premium, if warranted, due to the issuer’s industry, and the security’s time to maturity. The Company uses credit ratings provided by nationally recognized rating agencies.

 

For securities that are priced via non-binding independent broker quotations, the Company assesses whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through an analysis using internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. The Company uses a market-based cash flow analysis to validate the reasonableness of prices received from independent brokers. These analytics, which are updated daily, incorporate various metrics (yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment rates, etc.) to determine the valuation of such holdings. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the analytics, the price received from the independent broker is adjusted accordingly. The Company did not adjust any quotes or prices received from brokers during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

The Company has analyzed the third party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs that is in accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC. Based on this evaluation and investment class analysis, each price was classified into Level 1, 2, or 3. Most prices provided by third party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the significant inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable and the observable inputs are corroborated by the Company. Since the matrix pricing of certain debt securities includes significant non-observable inputs, they are classified as Level 3.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

This category mainly consists of residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”). As of March 31, 2013, the Company held $3.6 billion of ABS classified as Level 2. These securities are priced from information provided by a third party pricing service and independent broker quotes. The third party pricing services and brokers mainly value securities using both a market and income approach to valuation. As part of this valuation process they consider the following characteristics of the item being measured to be relevant inputs: 1) weighted-average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) types of underlying assets, 4) weighted-average coupon rate of the underlying assets, 5) weighted-average years to maturity of the underlying assets, 6) seniority level of the tranches owned, and 7) credit ratings of the securities.

 

After reviewing these characteristics of the ABS, the third party pricing service and brokers use certain inputs to determine the value of the security. For ABS classified as Level 2, the valuation would consist of predominantly market observable inputs such as, but not limited to: 1) monthly principal and interest payments on the underlying

 

28



Table of Contents

 

assets, 2) average life of the security, 3) prepayment speeds, 4) credit spreads, 5) treasury and swap yield curves, and 6) discount margin.

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Company held $632.1 million of Level 3 ABS, which included $71.4 million of other asset-backed securities classified as trading. These securities are predominantly ARS whose underlying collateral is at least 97% guaranteed by the FFELP. As a result of the ARS market collapse during 2008, the Company prices its ARS using an income approach valuation model. As part of the valuation process the Company reviews the following characteristics of the ARS in determining the relevant inputs: 1) weighted-average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) types of underlying assets, 4) weighted-average coupon rate of the underlying assets, 5) weighted-average years to maturity of the underlying assets, 6) seniority level of the tranches owned, 7) credit ratings of the securities, 8) liquidity premium, and 9) paydown rate.

 

Corporate bonds, U.S. Government-related securities, States, municipals, and political subdivisions, and Other government related securities

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Company classified approximately $24.4 billion of corporate bonds, U.S. government-related securities, states, municipals, and political subdivisions, and other government-related securities as Level 2. The fair value of the Level 2 bonds and securities is predominantly priced by broker quotes and a third party pricing service. The Company has reviewed the valuation techniques of the brokers and third party pricing service and has determined that such techniques used Level 2 market observable inputs. The following characteristics of the bonds and securities are considered to be the primary relevant inputs to the valuation: 1) weighted-average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) seniority, and 4) credit ratings.

 

The brokers and third party pricing service utilize valuation models that consist of a hybrid income and market approach to valuation. The pricing models utilize the following inputs: 1) principal and interest payments, 2) treasury yield curve, 3) credit spreads from new issue and secondary trading markets, 4) dealer quotes with adjustments for issues with early redemption features, 5) liquidity premiums present on private placements, and 6) discount margins from dealers in the new issue market.

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Company classified approximately $154.0 million of bonds and securities as Level 3 valuations. Level 3 bonds and securities primarily represent investments in illiquid bonds for which no price is readily available. To determine a price, the Company uses a discounted cash flow model with both observable and unobservable inputs. These inputs are entered into an industry standard pricing model to determine the final price of the security. These inputs include: 1) principal and interest payments, 2) coupon rate, 3) sector and issuer level spread over treasury, 4) underlying collateral, 5) credit ratings, 6) maturity, 7) embedded options, 8) recent new issuance, 9) comparative bond analysis, and 10) an illiquidity premium.

 

Equities

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Company held approximately $106.5 million of equity securities classified as Level 2 and Level 3. Of this total, $64.6 million represents Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. The Company believes that the cost of the FHLB stock approximates fair value. The remainder of these equity securities is primarily made up of holdings we have obtained through bankruptcy proceedings or debt restructurings.

 

Other long-term investments and Other liabilities

 

Other long-term investments and other liabilities consist entirely of free-standing and embedded derivative financial instruments. Refer to Note 14, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information related to derivatives. Derivative financial instruments are valued using exchange prices, independent broker quotations, or pricing valuation models, which utilize market data inputs. Excluding embedded derivatives, as of March 31, 2013, 97.2% of derivatives based upon notional values were priced using exchange prices or independent broker quotations. The remaining derivatives were priced by pricing valuation models, which predominantly utilize observable market data inputs. Inputs used to value derivatives include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, credit spreads, interest rate and equity market volatility indices, equity index levels, and treasury rates. The Company performs monthly analysis on derivative valuations that includes both quantitative and qualitative analyses.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 1 generally include futures, credit default swaps, and puts, which are traded on active exchange markets.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 2 primarily include interest rate and inflation swaps, puts, and swaptions. These derivative valuations are determined using independent broker quotations, which are corroborated with observable market inputs.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 3 were embedded derivatives and include at least one significant non-observable input. A derivative instrument containing Level 1 and Level 2 inputs will be classified as a Level 3 financial instrument in its entirety if it has at least one significant Level 3 input.

 

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instruments may not be classified within the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore, the changes in fair value on derivatives reported in Level 3 may not reflect the offsetting impact of the changes in fair value of the associated assets and liabilities.

 

The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) embedded derivative is carried at fair value in “other long-term investments” and “other liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The changes in fair value are recorded in earnings as “Realized investment gains (losses) — Derivative financial instruments”. Refer to Note 14, Derivative Financial Instruments for more information related to GMWB embedded derivative gains and losses. The fair value of the GMWB embedded derivative is derived through the income method of valuation using a valuation model that projects future cash flows using multiple risk neutral stochastic equity scenarios and policyholder behavior assumptions. The risk neutral scenarios are generated using the current swap curve and projected equity volatilities and correlations. The projected equity volatilities are based on a blend of historical volatility and near-term equity market implied volatilities. The equity correlations are based on historical price observations. For policyholder behavior assumptions, expected lapse and utilization assumptions are used and updated for actual experience, as necessary. The Company assumes age-based mortality that is consistent with 57% of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners 1994 Variable Annuity GMDB Mortality Table. The present value of the cash flows is determined using the discount rate curve, which is based upon LIBOR plus a credit spread (to represent the Company’s non-performance risk). As a result of using significant unobservable inputs, the GMWB embedded derivative is categorized as Level 3. These assumptions are reviewed on a quarterly basis.

 

The Company has assumed and ceded certain blocks of policies under modified coinsurance agreements in which the investment results of the underlying portfolios inure directly to the reinsurers. As a result, these agreements contain embedded derivatives that are reported at fair value. Changes in their fair value are reported in earnings. The investments supporting these agreements are designated as “trading securities”; therefore changes in their fair value are also reported in earnings. The fair value of the embedded derivative is the difference between the policy liabilities (net of policy loans) of $2.7 billion and the fair value of the trading securities of $3.1 billion. As a result, changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives are largely offset by the changes in fair value of the related investments and each are reported in earnings. The fair value of the embedded derivative is considered a Level 3 valuation due to the unobservable nature of the policy liabilities.

 

Annuity account balances

 

The Company records certain of its fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”) at fair value. The fair value is considered a Level 3 valuation. The FIA valuation model calculates the present value of future benefit cash flows less the projected future profits to quantify the net liability that is held as a reserve. This calculation is done using multiple risk neutral stochastic equity scenarios. The cash flows are discounted using LIBOR plus a credit spread. Best estimate assumptions are used for partial withdrawals, lapses, expenses and asset earned rate with a risk margin applied to each. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually as a part of the formal unlocking process. If an event were to occur within a quarter that would make the assumptions unreasonable, the assumptions would be reviewed within the quarter.

 

The discount rate for the fixed indexed annuities is based on an upward sloping rate curve which is updated each quarter. The discount rates for March 31, 2013, ranged from a one month rate of 0.33%, a 5 year rate of 1.91%, and a 30 year rate of 4.28%. A credit spread component is also included in the calculation to accommodate non-performance risk.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Separate Accounts

 

Separate account assets are invested in open-ended mutual funds and are included in Level 1.

 

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Instruments

 

The following table presents the valuation method for material financial instruments included in Level 3, as well as the unobservable inputs used in the valuation of those financial instruments:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

Range

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

Technique

 

Input

 

(Weighted Average)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

$

560,668

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Liquidity premium

 

1.00% - 1.69% (1.14%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paydown rate

 

10.08% - 14.64% (12.47%)

 

Other government-related securities

 

20,003

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

(0.30)%

 

Corporate bonds

 

129,667

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

0.97% - 7.75% (2.67%)

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives - GMWB(1)

 

$

88,739

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Mortality

 

57% of 1994 GMDB table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapse

 

0% - 24%, depending on product/duration/funded status of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilization

 

93% - 100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

0.13% - 1.29%

 

Annuity account balances(2)

 

123,681

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Asset earned rate

 

5.81%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

$88 - $108 per policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Withdrawal rate

 

2.20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortality

 

57% of 1994 GMDB table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapse

 

2.2% - 45.0%, depending on duration/surrender charge period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets

 

1.50% - 1.85% depending on surrender charge period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

0.13% - 1.29%

 

 


(1)The fair value for the GMWB embedded derivative is presented as a net liability. Excludes modified coinsurance arrangements.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

The chart above excludes Level 3 financial instruments that are valued using broker quotes and those which book value approximates fair value.

 

The Company has considered all reasonably available quantitative inputs as of March 31, 2013, but the valuation techniques and inputs used by some brokers in pricing certain financial instruments are not shared with the Company. This resulted in $72.0 million of financial instruments being classified as Level 3 as of March 31, 2013. Of the $72.0 million, $71.4 million are other asset backed securities and $0.6 million are equity securities.

 

In certain cases the Company has determined that book value materially approximates fair value. As of March 31, 2013, the Company held $73.2 million of financial instruments where book value approximates fair value.  Of the $73.2 million, $68.8 million represents equity securities, which are predominantly FHLB stock, and $4.4 million of other fixed maturity securities.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the valuation method for material financial instruments included in Level 3, as well as the unobservable inputs used in the valuation of those financial instruments:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

Range

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Technique

 

Input

 

(Weighted Average)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

$

596,143

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Liquidity premium

 

0.72% - 1.68% (1.29%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paydown rate

 

8.51% - 18.10% (11.40%)

 

Other government-related securities

 

20,011

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

(0.30)%

 

Corporate bonds

 

168,007

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

0.92% - 7.75% (3.34%)

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives - GMWB(1)

 

$

169,041

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Mortality

 

57% of 1994 GMDB table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapse

 

0% - 24%, depending on product/duration/funded status of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilization

 

93% - 100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

0.09% - 1.34%

 

Annuity account balances(2)

 

129,468

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Asset earned rate

 

5.81%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

$88 - $108 per policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Withdrawal rate

 

2.20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortality

 

57% of 1994 GMDB table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapse

 

2.2% - 45.0%, depending on duration/surrender charge period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets

 

1.50% - 1.85% depending on surrender charge period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

0.09% - 1.34%

 

 


(1)The fair value for the GMWB embedded derivative is presented as a net liability. Excludes modified coinsurance arrangements.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

The chart above excludes Level 3 financial instruments that are valued using broker quotes and those which book value approximates fair value.

 

The valuation techniques and inputs used by some brokers in pricing certain financial instruments are not shared with the Company which resulted in $71.1 million of financial instruments being classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2012. Of the $71.1 million, $70.5 million are other asset backed securities and $0.6 million are equity securities.

 

In certain cases the Company has determined that book value materially approximates fair value. As of December 31, 2012, the Company held $73.2 million of financial instruments where book value approximates fair value. Of the $73.2 million, $68.9 million represents equity securities, which are predominantly FHLB stock, and $4.3 million of other fixed maturity securities.

 

The asset-backed securities classified as Level 3 are predominantly ARS. A change in the paydown rate (the projected annual rate of principal reduction) of the ARS can significantly impact the fair value of these securities. A decrease in the paydown rate would increase the projected weighted average life of the ARS and increase the sensitivity of the ARS’ fair value to changes in interest rates. An increase in the liquidity premium would result in a decrease in the fair value of the securities, while a decrease in the liquidity premium would increase the fair value of these securities.

 

The fair value of corporate bonds classified as Level 3 is sensitive to changes in the interest rate spread over the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate. This spread represents a risk premium that is impacted by company specific and market factors. An increase in the spread can be caused by a perceived increase in credit risk of a specific issuer and/or an increase in the overall market risk premium associated with similar securities. The fair values of corporate bonds are sensitive to changes in spread. When holding the treasury rate constant, the fair value of corporate bonds increases when spreads decrease, and increase when spreads decrease.

 

The GMWB liability is sensitive to changes in the discount rate which includes the Company’s nonperformance risk, volatility, lapse, and mortality assumptions. The volatility assumption is an observable input as it is based on market inputs. The Company’s nonperformance risk, lapse, and mortality are unobservable. An increase in the three unobservable assumptions would result in a decrease in the liability and conversely, if there is a decrease in

 

32



Table of Contents

 

the assumptions the liability would increase. The liability is also dependent on the assumed policyholder utilization of the GMWB where an increase in assumed utilization would result in an increase in the liability and conversely, if there is a decrease in the assumption, the liability would decrease.

 

The fair value of the FIA account balance liability is predominantly impacted by observable inputs such as discount rates and equity returns. However, the fair value of the FIA account balance liability is sensitive to the asset earned rate and required return on assets. The value of the liability increases with an increase in required return on assets and decreases with an increase in the asset earned rate and conversely, the value of the liability decreases with a decrease in required return on assets and an increase in the asset earned rate.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the three months ended March 31, 2013, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

4

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

596,143

 

 

12

 

 

(27,548

)

 

(9,009

)

 

 

1,227

 

(157

)

560,668

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

4,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,335

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

20,011

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

20,003

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

167,892

 

 

 

930

 

 

(2,364

)

 

(42,071

)

 

 

 

168

 

124,555

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

788,385

 

 

942

 

 

(29,915

)

 

(51,080

)

 

 

1,227

 

6

 

709,565

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

70,535

 

3,408

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(2,823

)

 

 

 

522

 

71,383

 

3,255

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

115

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

5,013

 

 

5,112

 

29

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

70,650

 

3,409

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(2,840

)

 

 

5,013

 

522

 

76,495

 

3,284

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

859,035

 

3,409

 

942

 

(259

)

(29,915

)

 

(53,920

)

 

 

6,240

 

528

 

786,060

 

3,284

 

Equity securities

 

69,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,418

 

 

Other long-term investments(1)

 

31,591

 

25,535

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,117

 

25,526

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

960,044

 

28,944

 

942

 

(268

)

(29,915

)

 

(53,920

)

 

 

6,240

 

528

 

912,595

 

28,810

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

960,044

 

$

28,944

 

$

942

 

$

(268

)

$

(29,915

)

$

 

$

(53,920

)

$

 

$

 

$

6,240

 

$

528

 

$

912,595

 

$

28,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances(2)

 

$

129,468

 

$

 

$

 

$

(2,000

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

136

 

$

7,923

 

$

 

$

 

$

123,681

 

$

 

Other liabilities(1)

 

611,437

 

84,546

 

 

(12,923

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

539,814

 

71,623

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

740,905

 

$

84,546

 

$

 

$

(14,923

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

136

 

$

7,923

 

$

 

$

 

$

663,495

 

$

71,623

 

 


(1)Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, $6.2 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of March 31, 2013.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no transfers out of Level 3.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no transfers from Level 1.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the three months ended March 31, 2012, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

7

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(3

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

4

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

614,813

 

294

 

493

 

 

(13,929

)

 

(13,850

)

 

 

 

(208

)

587,613

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(15,000

)

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

4,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,344

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

20,023

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

20,006

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

119,601

 

 

183

 

 

(1,227

)

4

 

(139

)

 

 

19,554

 

 

137,976

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

749,490

 

294

 

676

 

 

(15,173

)

24,302

 

(28,992

)

 

 

19,554

 

(208

)

749,943

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

28,343

 

446

 

 

(169

)

 

27,705

 

(1,808

)

 

 

 

444

 

54,961

 

277

 

States, municipals and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

28,343

 

446

 

 

(169

)

 

27,706

 

(1,808

)

 

 

 

444

 

54,962

 

277

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

777,833

 

740

 

676

 

(169

)

(15,173

)

52,008

 

(30,800

)

 

 

19,554

 

236

 

804,905

 

277

 

Equity securities

 

80,586

 

 

635

 

 

(1

)

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,224

 

 

Other long-term investments(1)

 

12,703

 

13,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,776

 

13,073

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

871,122

 

13,813

 

1,311

 

(169

)

(15,174

)

52,012

 

(30,800

)

 

 

19,554

 

236

 

911,905

 

13,350

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

871,122

 

$

13,813

 

$

1,311

 

$

(169

)

$

(15,174

)

$

52,012

 

$

(30,800

)

$

 

$

 

$

19,554

 

$

236

 

$

911,905

 

$

13,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances(2)

 

$

136,462

 

$

 

$

 

$

(3,074

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

325

 

$

2,623

 

$

 

$

 

$

137,238

 

$

 

Other liabilities(1)

 

437,613

 

56,496

 

 

(8,695

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

389,812

 

47,801

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

574,075

 

$

56,496

 

$

 

$

(11,769

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

325

 

$

2,623

 

$

 

$

 

$

527,050

 

$

47,801

 

 


(1)Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2)Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, $19.6 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of March 31, 2012. All transfers are recognized as of the end of the period.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no transfers out of Level 3.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no transfers out of Level 1.

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on Level 3 assets and liabilities are primarily reported in either realized investment gains (losses) within the consolidated statements of income (loss) or other comprehensive income (loss) within shareowners’ equity based on the appropriate accounting treatment for the item.

 

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net, represent the activity that occurred during the period that results in a change of the asset or liability but does not represent changes in fair value for the instruments held at the

 

35



Table of Contents

 

beginning of the period. Such activity primarily relates to purchases and sales of fixed maturity securities and issuances and settlements of fixed indexed annuities.

 

The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications each reporting period. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in and out of Level 3 at the beginning fair value for the reporting period in which the changes occur. The asset transfers in the table(s) above primarily related to positions moved from Level 3 to Level 2 as the Company determined that certain inputs were observable.

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for assets and liabilities still held as of the reporting date primarily represents changes in fair value of trading securities and certain derivatives that exist as of the reporting date and the change in fair value of fixed indexed annuities.

 

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of the periods shown below are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Level

 

Amounts

 

Fair Values

 

Amounts

 

Fair Values

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

 

3

 

$

4,835,917

 

$

5,560,488

 

$

4,950,201

 

$

5,725,382

 

Policy loans

 

3

 

862,202

 

862,202

 

865,391

 

865,391

 

Fixed maturities, held-to-maturity(1)

 

3

 

315,000

 

334,579

 

300,000

 

319,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stable value product account balances

 

3

 

$

2,544,609

 

$

2,572,367

 

$

2,510,559

 

$

2,534,094

 

Annuity account balances

 

3

 

10,524,393

 

10,142,020

 

10,658,463

 

10,525,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

 

3

 

$

40,000

 

$

40,000

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

Senior and Medium-Term Notes

 

2

 

1,350,000

 

1,586,286

 

1,350,000

 

1,584,438

 

Subordinated debt securities

 

2

 

540,593

 

560,833

 

540,593

 

556,524

 

Non-recourse funding obligations(2)

 

3

 

596,000

 

561,299

 

586,000

 

481,056

 

 


Except as noted below, fair values were estimated using quoted market prices.

 

(1) Security purchased from unconsolidated subsidiary, Red Mountain LLC.

(2) Of this carrying amount, $315.0 million, fair value of $359.6 million, as of March 31, 2013, and $300 million, fair value of $297.6 million, as of December 31, 2012, relates to non-recourse funding obligations issued by Golden Gate V.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

 

The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans using an internally developed model. This model includes inputs derived by the Company based on assumed discount rates relative to the Company’s current mortgage loan lending rate and an expected cash flow analysis based on a review of the mortgage loan terms. The model also contains the Company’s determined representative risk adjustment assumptions related to credit and liquidity risks.

 

Policy loans

 

The Company believes the fair value of policy loans approximates book value. Policy loans are funds provided to policy holders in return for a claim on the policy. The funds provided are limited to the cash surrender value of the underlying policy. The nature of policy loans is to have a negligible default risk as the loans are fully collateralized by the value of the policy. Policy loans do not have a stated maturity and the balances and accrued interest are repaid either by the policyholder or with proceeds from the policy. Due to the collateralized nature of policy loans and unpredictable timing of repayments, the Company believes the fair value of policy loans approximates carrying value.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Fixed maturities, held-to-maturity

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed maturity, held-to-maturity securities using internal discounted cash flow models. The discount rates used in the model were based on a current market yield for similar financial instruments.

 

Stable value product and Annuity account balances

 

The Company estimates the fair value of stable value product account balances and annuity account balances using models based on discounted expected cash flows. The discount rates used in the models were based on a current market rate for similar financial instruments.

 

Debt

 

Bank borrowings

 

The Company believes the carrying value of its bank borrowings approximates fair value as the borrowings pay a floating interest rate plus a spread based on the rating of the Company’s senior debt which the Company believes approximates a market interest rate.

 

Non-recourse funding obligations

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its non-recourse funding obligations using internal discounted cash flow models. The discount rates used in the model were based on a current market yield for similar financial instruments.

 

14.                               DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Types of Derivative Instruments and Derivative Strategies

 

The Company utilizes a risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to certain risks, including but not limited to, interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk. These strategies are developed through the Company’s analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources, and are then incorporated into the Company’s risk management program.

 

Derivative instruments expose the Company to credit and market risk and could result in material changes from period to period. The Company attempts to minimize its credit risk by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties. The Company manages the market risk by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degrees of risk that may be undertaken. The Company monitors its use of derivatives in connection with its overall asset/liability management programs and risk management strategies. In addition, all derivative programs are monitored by our risk management department.

 

Derivatives Related to Interest Rate Risk Management

 

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, interest rate caps, and interest rate swaptions. The Company’s inflation risk management strategy involves the use of swaps that requires the Company to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate that is based on changes in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”).

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Derivatives Related to Risk Mitigation of Variable Annuity Contracts

 

The Company may use the following types of derivative contracts to mitigate its exposure to certain guaranteed benefits related to variable annuity contracts:

 

·                  Foreign Currency Futures

·                  Variance Swaps

·                  Interest Rate Futures

·                  Equity Options

·                  Equity Futures

·                  Credit Derivatives

·                  Interest Rate Swaps

·                  Interest Rate Swaptions

·                  Volatility Futures

 

Accounting for Derivative Instruments

 

The Company records its derivative financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheet in “other long-term investments” and “other liabilities” in accordance with GAAP, which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. The change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments is reported either in the statement of income or in other comprehensive income (loss), depending upon whether it qualified  for and also has been properly identified as being part of a hedging relationship, and also on the type of hedging relationship that exists.

 

For a derivative financial instrument to be accounted for as an accounting hedge, it must be identified and documented as such on the date of designation. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of their realized gain or loss is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged item impacts earnings. Any remaining gain or loss, the ineffective portion, is recognized in current earnings. For fair value hedge derivatives, their gain or loss as well as the offsetting loss or gain attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item is recognized in current earnings. Effectiveness of the Company’s hedge relationships is assessed on a quarterly basis.

 

The Company reports changes in fair values of derivatives that are not part of a qualifying hedge relationship through earnings in the period of change. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are recognized in current earnings are reported in “Realized investment gains (losses) - Derivative financial instruments”.

 

Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

 

Cash-Flow Hedges

 

·                  In connection with the issuance of inflation-adjusted funding agreements, the Company has entered into swaps to essentially convert the floating CPI-linked interest rate on these agreements to a fixed rate. The Company pays a fixed rate on the swap and receives a floating rate primarily determined by the period’s change in the CPI. The amounts that are received on the swaps are almost equal to the amounts that are paid on the agreements.

 

Derivative Instruments Not Designated and Not Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

 

The Company uses various other derivative instruments for risk management purposes that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in earnings during the period of change.

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

·                  The Company uses equity, interest rate, currency, and volatility futures to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its variable annuity products. In

 

38



Table of Contents

 

general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity and interest rate markets, foreign currency levels, and overall volatility. The equity futures resulted in net pre-tax losses of $23.2 million and $25.1 million and interest rate futures resulted in net pre-tax losses of $16.5 million and $33.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Currency futures resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $8.1 million and a net pre-tax loss of $1.0 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Volatility futures resulted in no gains or losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. No volatility future positions were held during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

·                  The Company uses equity options and volatility swaps to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its variable annuity products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity markets and overall volatility. The equity options resulted in net pre-tax losses of $28.4 million and $23.9 million and the volatility swaps resulted in net pre-tax losses of $10.4 million and $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

·                  The Company uses interest rate swaps and interest rate swaptions to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its variable annuity products. The interest rate swaps resulted in net pre-tax losses of $16.6 million and $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The interest rate swaptions resulted in net pre-tax losses of $4.1 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

·                  The Company markets certain variable annuity products with a GMWB rider. The GMWB component is considered an embedded derivative, not considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract. The Company recognized pre-tax gains of $80.4 million and $50.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these embedded derivatives.

 

Other Derivatives

 

·                  The Company uses certain interest rate swaps to mitigate the price volatility of fixed maturities. The Company recognized pre-tax gains of $1.0 million and $2.0 million on interest rate swaps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

·                  The Company purchased interest rate caps during 2011 to mitigate its risk with respect to the Company’s LIBOR exposure and the potential impact of European financial market distress. These caps resulted in insignificant losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

·                  The Company uses various swaps and other types of derivatives to manage risk related to other exposures. The Company recognized pre-tax gains of $0.4 million and $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

·                  The Company is involved in various modified coinsurance and funds withheld arrangements which contain embedded derivatives. Changes in their fair value are recorded in current period earnings. The investment portfolios that support the related modified coinsurance reserves and funds withheld arrangements had fair value changes which substantially offset the gains or losses on these embedded derivatives. The Company recognized pre-tax gains of $16.8 million and $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The tables below present information about the nature and accounting treatment of the Company’s primary derivative financial instruments and the location in and effect on the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented below:

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Notional

 

Fair

 

Notional

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Other long-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

135,531

 

$

251

 

$

 

$

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

300,000

 

5,368

 

355,000

 

6,532

 

Volatility swaps

 

400

 

20

 

500

 

406

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

30,561

 

1,321

 

30,244

 

1,330

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

2,615,909

 

55,796

 

1,640,075

 

30,261

 

Interest rate futures

 

473,257

 

3,201

 

 

 

Equity futures

 

55,441

 

1,040

 

147,581

 

595

 

Currency futures

 

31,948

 

531

 

15,944

 

784

 

Interest rate caps

 

3,000,000

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

Equity options

 

840,276

 

64,559

 

573,493

 

61,833

 

Interest rate swaptions

 

400,000

 

7,268

 

400,000

 

11,370

 

Other

 

224

 

240

 

224

 

253

 

 

 

$

7,883,547

 

$

139,595

 

$

6,163,061

 

$

113,364

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

47,434

 

$

65

 

$

182,965

 

$

5,027

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,105,000

 

25,057

 

400,000

 

10,025

 

Volatility swaps

 

4,075

 

22,245

 

2,675

 

12,198

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

2,636,425

 

395,123

 

2,655,134

 

411,907

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

4,746,591

 

144,691

 

5,253,961

 

199,530

 

Interest rate futures

 

 

 

893,476

 

13,970

 

Equity futures

 

106,724

 

1,126

 

152,364

 

3,316

 

Currency futures

 

101,339

 

1,254

 

131,979

 

1,901

 

 

 

$

8,747,588

 

$

589,561

 

$

9,672,554

 

$

657,874

 

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Gain (Loss) on Derivatives in Cash Flow Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Gains (Losses)

 

Gains (Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred in

 

Reclassified from

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

Accumulated Other

 

(Losses) Recognized in

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Income (Loss) on

 

 

 

(Loss) on Derivatives

 

(Loss) into Income (Loss)

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Ineffective Portion)

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement

 

Realized investment

 

 

 

 

 

expenses

 

gains (losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Inflation

 

4,409

 

(497

)

368

 

Total

 

$

4,409

 

$

(497

)

$

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

$

(73

)

$

(854

)

$

 

Inflation

 

8,277

 

180

 

646

 

Total

 

$

8,204

 

$

(674

)

$

646

 

 

Based on the expected cash flows of the underlying hedged items, the Company expects to reclassify $0.6 million out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next twelve months.

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

(16,484

)

$

(33,406

)

Equity futures - VA

 

(23,225

)

(25,099

)

Currency futures - VA

 

8,083

 

(984

)

Volatility futures - VA

 

 

(475

)

Volatility swaps - VA

 

(10,433

)

(1,884

)

Equity options - VA

 

(28,406

)

(23,872

)

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,102

)

(3,519

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

(16,556

)

(2,128

)

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

80,375

 

50,167

 

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

(10,748

)

(41,200

)

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

16,775

 

10,706

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,003

 

2,037

 

Interest rate caps

 

 

(2,164

)

Other derivatives

 

355

 

712

 

Total realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

7,385

 

$

(29,909

)

 

41



Table of Contents

 

From time to time, the Company is required to post and obligated to return collateral related to derivative transactions. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had posted cash and securities (at fair value) as collateral of approximately $20.1 million and $54.6 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the Company received $2.5 million of cash as collateral. The Company does not net the collateral posted or received with the fair value of the derivative financial instruments for reporting purposes.

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - all other investments

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Modco trading portfolio(1)

 

$

(15,328

)

$

18,099

 

 


(1)The Company elected to include the use of alternate disclosures for trading activities.

 

15.                               OFFSETTING OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts between the Company and a counterparty in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Collateral support agreements associated with each master netting arrangement provide that the Company will receive or pledge financial collateral in the event either minimum thresholds, or in certain cases ratings levels, have been reached. Additionally, certain of the Company’s repurchase agreements provide for net settlement on termination of the agreement. Refer to Note 6, Debt and Other Obligations for details of the Company’s repurchase agreement programs.

 

The tables below present the derivative instruments by assets and liabilities for the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Assets

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Received

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

82,238

 

$

 

$

82,238

 

$

31,046

 

$

2,500

 

$

48,692

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

1,321

 

 

1,321

 

 

 

1,321

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

55,796

 

 

55,796

 

 

 

55,796

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

139,355

 

 

139,355

 

31,046

 

2,500

 

105,809

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

240

 

 

240

 

 

 

240

 

Total derivatives

 

139,595

 

 

139,595

 

31,046

 

2,500

 

106,049

 

Total Assets

 

$

139,595

 

$

 

$

139,595

 

$

31,046

 

$

2,500

 

$

106,049

 

 

42



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Assets

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Paid

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

49,747

 

$

 

$

49,747

 

$

31,046

 

$

9,648

 

$

9,053

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

395,123

 

 

395,123

 

 

 

395,123

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

144,691

 

 

144,691

 

 

 

144,691

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

589,561

 

 

589,561

 

31,046

 

9,648

 

548,867

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

589,561

 

 

589,561

 

31,046

 

9,648

 

548,867

 

Repurchase agreements(1)

 

300,000

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

300,000

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

889,561

 

$

 

$

889,561

 

$

31,046

 

$

9,648

 

$

848,867

 

 


(1) Borrowings under repurchase agreements are for a term less than 90 days.

 

16.                               OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

The Company has several operating segments each having a strategic focus. An operating segment is distinguished by products, channels of distribution, and/or other strategic distinctions. The Company periodically evaluates its operating segments, as prescribed in the ASC Segment Reporting Topic, and makes adjustments to its segment reporting as needed. A brief description of each segment follows.

 

·                  The Life Marketing segment markets UL, variable universal life, bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”), and level premium term insurance (“traditional”) products on a national basis primarily through networks of independent insurance agents and brokers, stockbrokers, and independent marketing organizations.

 

·                  The Acquisitions segment focuses on acquiring, converting, and servicing policies acquired from other companies. The segment’s primary focus is on life insurance policies and annuity products that were sold to individuals. The level of the segment’s acquisition activity is predicated upon many factors, including available capital, operating capacity, potential return on capital, and market dynamics. Policies acquired through the Acquisitions segment are typically “closed” blocks of business (no new policies are being marketed). Therefore earnings and account values are expected to decline as the result of lapses, deaths, and other terminations of coverage unless new acquisitions are made.

 

·                  The Annuities segment markets fixed and variable annuity products. These products are primarily sold through broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent agents and brokers.

 

·                  The Stable Value Products segment sells fixed and floating rate funding agreements directly to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, money market funds, bank trust departments, and other institutional investors. The segment also issues funding agreements to the FHLB, and markets guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans.  Additionally, the Company has contracts outstanding pursuant to a funding agreement-backed notes program registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which offered notes to both institutional and retail investors.

 

·                  The Asset Protection segment markets extended service contracts and credit life and disability insurance to protect consumers’ investments in automobiles, watercraft, and recreational vehicles. In addition, the segment markets a guaranteed asset protection (“GAP”) product. GAP coverage covers the difference between the loan pay-off amount and an asset’s actual cash value in the case of a total loss.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

·                  The Corporate and Other segment primarily consists of net investment income not assigned to the segments above (including the impact of carrying liquidity), expenses not attributable to the segments above (including interest on certain corporate debt). This segment includes earnings from several non-strategic or runoff lines of business, various investment-related transactions, the operations of several small subsidiaries, and the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) and assets as it uses to measure consolidated net income available to PLC’s common shareowners and assets. Segment operating income (loss) is income before income tax, excluding net realized investment gains and losses (excluding periodic settlements of derivatives associated with debt and certain investments) net of the related amortization of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”). Operating earnings exclude changes in the GMWB embedded derivatives (excluding the portion attributed to economic cost), realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used to hedge the VA product, actual GMWB incurred claims and net of the related amortization of DAC attributed to each of these items.

 

Segment operating income (loss) represents the basis on which the performance of the Company’s business is internally assessed by management. Premiums and policy fees, other income, benefits and settlement expenses, and amortization of DAC/VOBA are attributed directly to each operating segment. Net investment income is allocated based on directly related assets required for transacting the business of that segment. Realized investment gains (losses) and other operating expenses are allocated to the segments in a manner that most appropriately reflects the operations of that segment. Investments and other assets are allocated based on statutory policy liabilities net of associated statutory policy assets, while DAC/VOBA and goodwill are shown in the segments to which they are attributable.

 

There were no significant intersegment transactions during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarize financial information for the Company’s segments:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

367,626

 

$

343,542

 

Acquisitions

 

250,487

 

299,509

 

Annuities

 

164,929

 

139,424

 

Stable Value Products

 

31,920

 

34,656

 

Asset Protection

 

67,571

 

70,606

 

Corporate and Other

 

50,281

 

64,444

 

Total revenues

 

$

932,814

 

$

952,181

 

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

23,707

 

$

30,369

 

Acquisitions

 

34,377

 

39,099

 

Annuities

 

43,398

 

35,783

 

Stable Value Products

 

17,844

 

12,646

 

Asset Protection

 

6,081

 

4,966

 

Corporate and Other

 

(18,332

)

27,880

 

Total segment operating income

 

107,075

 

150,743

 

Realized investment (losses) gains - investments(1)

 

(9,756

)

22,505

 

Realized investment (losses) gains - derivatives

 

20,308

 

(22,669

)

Income tax expense

 

(39,336

)

(51,558

)

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment gains (losses)(2)

 

$

(8,729

)

$

16,962

 

Less: related amortization of DAC/VOBA

 

1,027

 

(5,543

)

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments

 

$

(9,756

)

$

22,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gain (losses)(3)

 

$

7,385

 

$

(29,909

)

Less: VA GMWB economic cost

 

(12,923

)

(7,240

)

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

20,308

 

$

(22,669

)

 


(1) Includes credit related other-than-temporary impairments of $4.6 million and $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2) Includes realized investment gains (losses) before related amortization.

(3) Includes realized gains (losses) on derivatives before settlements on interest rate swaps and the VA GMWB economic cost.

 

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Operating Segment Assets

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Stable Value

 

 

 

Marketing

 

Acquisitions

 

Annuities

 

Products

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

12,426,568

 

$

11,302,319

 

$

18,498,392

 

$

2,543,291

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

2,045,332

 

632,595

 

522,122

 

1,318

 

Goodwill

 

10,192

 

34,840

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

14,482,092

 

$

11,969,754

 

$

19,020,514

 

$

2,544,609

 

 

 

 

Asset

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Protection

 

and Other

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

801,616

 

$

9,613,199

 

$

18,287

 

$

55,203,672

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

59,687

 

975

 

 

3,262,029

 

Goodwill

 

62,671

 

83

 

 

107,786

 

Total assets

 

$

923,974

 

$

9,614,257

 

$

18,287

 

$

58,573,487

 

 

 

 

Operating Segment Assets

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Stable Value

 

 

 

Marketing

 

Acquisitions

 

Annuities

 

Products

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

12,171,405

 

$

11,312,550

 

$

17,649,488

 

$

2,509,160

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

2,001,708

 

679,746

 

491,184

 

1,399

 

Goodwill

 

10,192

 

35,615

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

14,183,305

 

$

12,027,911

 

$

18,140,672

 

$

2,510,559

 

 

 

 

Asset

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Protection

 

and Other

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

789,916

 

$

9,584,411

 

$

19,662

 

$

54,036,592

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

64,416

 

1,066

 

 

3,239,519

 

Goodwill

 

62,671

 

83

 

 

108,561

 

Total assets

 

$

917,003

 

$

9,585,560

 

$

19,662

 

$

57,384,672

 

 

17.                               SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated the effects of events subsequent to March 31, 2013, and through the date we filed our consolidated financial statements with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. All accounting and disclosure requirements related to subsequent events are included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

On April 10, 2013, PLICO entered into a Master Agreement (the “Master Agreement”) with AXA Financial, Inc. (“AXA”) and AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC. Pursuant to the Master Agreement, the Company has agreed to acquire the stock of MONY Life Insurance Company (“MONY”) from AXA and to enter into a reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) pursuant to which it will reinsure on a 100% indemnity reinsurance basis certain business (the “MLOA Business”) of MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MLOA”). The aggregate purchase price for MONY is expected to be approximately $693 million, subject to a monthly reduction of $2.5 million for each month that elapses between July 1, 2013 and the closing date of the acquisition. The purchase price includes approximately $303 million of adjusted statutory capital and surplus and approximately $60 million of deferred tax assets, and will be subject to a customary post-closing adjustment. The ceding commission for the reinsurance of the MLOA Business is expected to be approximately $373 million, subject to a monthly reduction of $1 million for each month that elapses between July 1, 2013 and the closing date of the acquisition, and will be subject to a customary post-closing adjustment. The entry into the Reinsurance Agreement will occur at, and is conditioned on the concurrent consummation of, the closing of the acquisition of the shares of MONY.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The transaction, which is expected to close in the second half of 2013, is subject to receipt of insurance regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. Prior to the closing, AXA will cause MONY to transfer its subsidiaries, MLOA, U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company, MONY International Holdings, LLC and MONY Financial Services, Inc., none of which are being sold to the Company as part of the acquisition, to another subsidiary of AXA, and to effect certain other pre-closing restructuring transactions.

 

47



 

Table of Contents

 

Item 2.         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our consolidated condensed financial statements included under Part I, Item 1, Financial Statements (Unaudited), of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

For a more complete understanding of our business and current period results, please read the following MD&A in conjunction with our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior period amounts comparable to those of the current period. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income or shareowners’ equity.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS — CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE

 

This report reviews our financial condition and results of operations including our liquidity and capital resources. Historical information is presented and discussed, and where appropriate, factors that may affect future financial performance are also identified and discussed. Certain statements made in this report include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance, or achievements instead of historical facts and may contain words like “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “budget,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “will,” “shall,” “may,” and other words, phrases, or expressions with similar meaning. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the results contained in the forward-looking statements, and we cannot give assurances that such statements will prove to be correct. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please refer to Part I, Item II, Risks and Uncertainties and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results, of this report, as well as Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Our business

 

We are a holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, with subsidiaries that provide financial services through the production, distribution, and administration of insurance and investment products. Founded in 1907, Protective Life Insurance Company (“PLICO”) is our largest operating subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refers to the consolidated group of Protective Life Corporation and our subsidiaries.

 

We have several operating segments, each having a strategic focus. An operating segment is distinguished by products, channels of distribution, and/or other strategic distinctions. We periodically evaluate our operating segments as prescribed in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Segment Reporting Topic, and make adjustments to our segment reporting as needed.

 

Our operating segments are Life Marketing, Acquisitions, Annuities, Stable Value Products, Asset Protection, and Corporate and Other.

 

·                  Life Marketing - We market universal life (“UL”), variable universal life, bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”), and level premium term insurance (“traditional”) products on a national basis primarily through networks of independent insurance agents and brokers, stockbrokers, and independent marketing organizations.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

·                  Acquisitions - We focus on acquiring, converting, and servicing policies acquired from other companies. The segment’s primary focus is on life insurance policies and annuity products that were sold to individuals. The level of the segment’s acquisition activity is predicated upon many factors, including available capital, operating capacity, potential return on capital, and market dynamics. Policies acquired through the Acquisition segment are typically “closed” blocks of business (no new policies are being marketed). Therefore earnings and account values are expected to decline as the result of lapses, deaths, and other terminations of coverage unless new acquisitions are made.

 

·                  Annuities - We market fixed and variable annuity products. These products are primarily sold through broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent agents and brokers.

 

·                  Stable Value Products - We sell fixed and floating rate funding agreements directly to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, money market funds, bank trust departments, and other institutional investors. The segment also issues funding agreements to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), and markets guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans. Additionally, we have contracts outstanding pursuant to a funding agreement-backed notes program registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which offered notes to both institutional and retail investors.

 

·                  Asset Protection - We market extended service contracts and credit life and disability insurance to protect consumers’ investments in automobiles, watercraft, and recreational vehicles. In addition, the segment markets a guaranteed asset protection (“GAP”) product. GAP coverage covers the difference between the loan pay-off amount and an asset’s actual cash value in the case of a total loss.

 

·                  Corporate and Other - This segment primarily consists of net investment income not assigned to the segments above (including the impact of carrying liquidity) and expenses not attributable to the segments above (including interest on certain corporate debt). This segment includes earnings from several non-strategic or runoff lines of business, various investment-related transactions, the operations of several small subsidiaries, and the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners for the first quarter of 2013 was $78.3 million, or $0.97 per average diluted share.  After-tax operating income for the first quarter of 2013 was $71.4 million, or $0.89 per average diluted share.

 

We reported strong financial results in the first quarter of 2013.  We were also pleased to see higher life sales, moderation in variable annuity sales, solid performance in the investment portfolio and continued robust spreads in the stable value segment.

 

Significant financial information related to each of our segments is included in “Results of Operations”.

 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

 

The factors which could affect our future results include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions and the following risks and uncertainties:

 

General

 

·                  exposure to the risks of natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics, malicious acts, terrorist acts and climate change, which could adversely affect our operations and results;

·                  the occurrence of computer viruses, information security breaches, disasters, or other unanticipated events could affect our data processing systems or those of our business partners or service providers and could damage our business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations;

·                  our results and financial condition may be negatively affected should actual experience differ from management’s assumptions and estimates;

·                  we may not realize our anticipated financial results from our acquisitions strategy;

·                  we may not be able to achieve the expected results from our recently announced acquisition;

 

49



Table of Contents

 

·                  we are dependent on the performance of others;

·                  our risk management policies, practices, and procedures could leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect our business or result in losses;

·                  our strategies for mitigating risks arising from our day-to-day operations may prove ineffective resulting in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition;

 

Financial environment

 

·                  interest rate fluctuations or significant and sustained periods of low interest rates could negatively affect our interest earnings and spread income, or otherwise impact our business;

·                  our investments are subject to market and credit risks, which could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets;

·                  equity market volatility could negatively impact our business;

·                  our use of derivative financial instruments within our risk management strategy may not be effective or sufficient;

·                  credit market volatility or disruption could adversely impact our financial condition or results from operations;

·                  our ability to grow depends in large part upon the continued availability of capital;

·                  we could be adversely affected by a ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization;

·                  we could be forced to sell investments at a loss to cover policyholder withdrawals;

·                  disruption of the capital and credit markets could negatively affect our ability to meet our liquidity and financing needs;

·                  difficult general economic conditions could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations;

·                  we may be required to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and capital position;

·                  we could be adversely affected by an inability to access our credit facility;

·                  we could be adversely affected by an inability to access FHLB lending;

·                  our financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted if our assumptions regarding the fair value and future performance of our investments differ from actual experience;

·                  the amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital that we must hold to maintain our financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control;

·                  we operate as a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations and pay dividends;

 

Industry

 

·                  we are highly regulated, are subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations and are subject to audits, examinations and actions by regulators and law enforcement agencies;

·                  changes to tax law or interpretations of existing tax law could adversely affect our ability to compete with non-insurance products or reduce the demand for certain insurance products;

·                  financial services companies are frequently the targets of legal proceedings, including class action litigation, which could result in substantial judgments;

·                  publicly held companies in general and the financial services industry in particular are sometimes the target of law enforcement investigations and the focus of increased regulatory scrutiny;

·                  new accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could negatively impact us;

·                  use of reinsurance introduces variability in our statements of income;

·                  our reinsurers could fail to meet assumed obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse developments that could affect us;

·                  our policy claims fluctuate from period to period resulting in earnings volatility;

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

·                  we operate in a mature, highly competitive industry, which could limit our ability to gain or maintain our position in the industry and negatively affect profitability;

·                  our ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon the level of new sales and persistency of existing business; and

·                  we may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

 

For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please see Part II, Item 1A of this report and our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Our accounting policies require the use of judgments relating to a variety of assumptions and estimates, including, but not limited to expectations of current and future mortality, morbidity, persistency, expenses, and interest rates, as well as expectations around the valuations of securities. Because of the inherent uncertainty when using the assumptions and estimates, the effect of certain accounting policies under different conditions or assumptions could be materially different from those reported in the consolidated condensed financial statements. For a complete listing of our critical accounting policies, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

We use the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) and assets as we use to measure consolidated net income available to PLC’s common shareowners and assets. Segment operating income (loss) is income before income tax, excluding net realized investment gains and losses (excluding periodic settlements of derivatives associated with debt and certain investments) net of the related amortization of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”). Operating earnings exclude changes in the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) embedded derivatives (excluding the portion attributed to economic cost), realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used to hedge the variable annuity (“VA”) product, actual GMWB incurred claims and net of the related amortization of DAC attributed to each of these items.

 

Segment operating income (loss) represents the basis on which the performance of our business is internally assessed by management. Premiums and policy fees, other income, benefits and settlement expenses, and amortization of DAC/VOBA are attributed directly to each operating segment. Net investment income is allocated based on directly related assets required for transacting the business of that segment. Realized investment gains (losses) and other operating expenses are allocated to the segments in a manner that most appropriately reflects the operations of that segment. Investments and other assets are allocated based on statutory policy liabilities net of associated statutory policy assets, while DAC/VOBA and goodwill are shown in the segments to which they are attributable.

 

However, segment operating income (loss) should not be viewed as a substitute for accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) net income available to PLC’s common shareowners. In addition, our segment operating income (loss) measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

We periodically review and update as appropriate our key assumptions on products using the ASC Financial Services-Insurance Topic, including future mortality, expenses, lapses, premium persistency, investment yields, interest spreads, and equity market returns. Changes to these assumptions result in adjustments which increase or decrease DAC amortization and/or benefits and expenses. The periodic review and updating of assumptions is referred to as “unlocking”. When referring to DAC amortization or unlocking on products covered under the ASC Financial Services-Insurance Topic, the reference is to changes in all balance sheet components amortized over estimated gross profits.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a summary of results and reconciles segment operating income (loss) to consolidated net income available to PLC’s common shareowners:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

23,707

 

$

30,369

 

(21.9

)%

Acquisitions

 

34,377

 

39,099

 

(12.1

)

Annuities

 

43,398

 

35,783

 

21.3

 

Stable Value Products

 

17,844

 

12,646

 

41.1

 

Asset Protection

 

6,081

 

4,966

 

22.5

 

Corporate and Other

 

(18,332

)

27,880

 

n/m

 

Total segment operating income

 

107,075

 

150,743

 

(29.0

)

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments(1)

 

(9,756

)

22,505

 

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

20,308

 

(22,669

)

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(39,336

)

(51,558

)

 

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners

 

$

78,291

 

$

99,021

 

(20.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment gains (losses)(2)

 

$

(8,729

)

$

16,962

 

 

 

Less: related amortization of DAC/VOBA

 

1,027

 

(5,543

)

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments

 

$

(9,756

)

$

22,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) (3)

 

$

7,385

 

$

(29,909

)

 

 

Less: VA GMWB economic cost

 

(12,923

)

(7,240

)

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

20,308

 

$

(22,669

)

 

 

 


(1)             Includes credit related other-than-temporary impairments of $4.6 million and $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2)             Includes realized investment gains (losses) before related amortization.

(3)             Includes realized gains (losses) on derivatives before settlements on interest rate swaps and the VA GMWB economic cost.

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Net income available to PLC’s common shareowners for the three months ended March 31, 2013, included a $43.7 million, or 29.0%, decrease in segment operating income. The decrease consisted of a $6.7 million decrease in the Life Marketing segment, a $4.7 million decrease in the Acquisitions segment, and a $46.6 million decrease in the Corporate and Other segment. These decreases were partially offset by a $7.6 million increase in the Annuities segment, a $5.2 million increase in the Stable Value Products segment, and a $1.1 million increase in the Asset Protection segment.

 

We experienced net realized losses of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to net realized losses of $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The gains realized for the three months ended March 31, 2013, were primarily related to $12.3 million of gains related to investment securities sale activity, $1.4 million of gains related to the net activity of the modified coinsurance portfolio, and a $1.0 million gain on interest rate caps and swaps. Partially offsetting these gains were $4.6 million for other-than-temporary impairment credit-related losses, net losses of $10.7 million of derivatives related to variable annuity contracts, and a $0.8 million loss related to other investment and derivative activity.

 

·                  Life Marketing segment operating income was $23.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, representing a decrease of $6.7 million, or 21.9%, from the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to higher operating expenses resulting from higher sales. This decrease was partially offset by higher investment income, a favorable change in unlocking, and more favorable universal life claims.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

·                  Acquisitions segment operating income was $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, a decrease of $4.7 million, or 12.1%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to lower spread income and the expected runoff of business.

 

·                  Annuities segment operating income was $43.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $35.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $7.6 million, or 21.3%. This variance included an increase in spreads of $2.6 million and an increase in VA earnings of $8.5 million that was driven by higher policy fees and other income. Partially offsetting these favorable changes were increases in non-deferred expenses and DAC amortization.

 

·                  Stable Value Products segment operating income was $17.8 million and increased $5.2 million, or 41.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in operating earnings resulted from higher operating spreads and lower expenses offset by a decline in average account values. The operating spread increased 99 basis points to 281 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to an operating spread of 182 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 75 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2013 over the prior year.

 

·                  Asset Protection segment operating income was $6.1 million, representing an increase of $1.1 million, or 22.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in income was primarily due to a $2.0 million legal settlement accrual in the first quarter of 2012 partly offset by a $0.7 million decrease in investment income due to lower yields. Credit insurance earnings increased $2.1 million primarily due to the previously mentioned $2.0 million in litigation costs incurred in the first quarter of 2012. Earnings from the GAP product line decreased $0.7 million, or 18.6%, primarily from lower volume and higher losses. Service contract earnings decreased $0.3 million, or 8.8%, primarily due to lower investment income.

 

·                  Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $18.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to operating income of $27.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was the result of a $34.2 million unfavorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, $1.3 million of pre-tax gains were generated from the repurchase on non-recourse funding obligations as compared to $35.5 million of pre-tax gains for the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, the decrease was the result of an increase in other operating expenses as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to guaranty fund assessments, acquisition related expenses, and fluctuations in non-acquisition related legal fees.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Life Marketing

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

418,705

 

$

388,117

 

7.9

%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(207,662

)

(192,755

)

(7.7

)

Net premiums and policy fees

 

211,043

 

195,362

 

8.0

 

Net investment income

 

127,248

 

119,026

 

6.9

 

Other income

 

29,335

 

29,154

 

0.6

 

Total operating revenues

 

367,626

 

343,542

 

7.0

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

280,766

 

254,579

 

10.3

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

14,022

 

22,594

 

(37.9

)

Other operating expenses

 

49,131

 

36,000

 

36.5

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

343,919

 

313,173

 

9.8

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

23,707

 

30,369

 

(21.9

)

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

23,707

 

$

30,369

 

(21.9

)

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Life Marketing segment:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales By Product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

292

 

$

287

 

1.7

%

Universal life

 

46,995

 

20,962

 

n/m

 

BOLI

 

 

1,345

 

n/m

 

 

 

$

47,287

 

$

22,594

 

n/m

 

Sales By Distribution Channel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent agents

 

$

31,537

 

$

13,940

 

n/m

 

Stockbrokers / banks

 

15,303

 

6,976

 

n/m

 

BOLI / other

 

447

 

1,678

 

(73.4

)

 

 

$

47,287

 

$

22,594

 

n/m

 

Average Life Insurance In-force(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

437,245,336

 

$

461,855,587

 

(5.3

)

Universal life

 

91,692,734

 

73,904,855

 

24.1

 

 

 

$

528,938,070

 

$

535,760,442

 

(1.3

)

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal life

 

$

6,726,549

 

$

6,330,645

 

6.3

 

Variable universal life

 

411,880

 

371,893

 

10.8

 

 

 

$

7,138,429

 

$

6,702,538

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional Life Mortality Experience(2)

 

92

%

90

%

 

 

 


(1) Amounts are not adjusted for reinsurance ceded.

(2) Represents the incurred claims as a percentage of original pricing expected.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Operating expenses detail

 

Other operating expenses for the segment were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Insurance companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First year commissions

 

$

51,974

 

$

22,140

 

n/m

%

Renewal commissions

 

8,615

 

9,004

 

(4.3

)

First year ceding allowances

 

(935

)

(1,128

)

17.1

 

Renewal ceding allowances

 

(37,609

)

(39,037

)

3.7

 

General & administrative

 

44,747

 

34,296

 

30.5

 

Taxes, licenses, and fees

 

10,947

 

8,359

 

31.0

 

Other operating expenses incurred

 

77,739

 

33,634

 

n/m

 

Less: commissions, allowances & expenses capitalized

 

(57,318

)

(25,288

)

n/m

 

Other insurance company operating expenses

 

20,421

 

8,346

 

n/m

 

Marketing companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions

 

21,294

 

20,784

 

2.5

 

Other operating expenses

 

7,416

 

6,870

 

7.9

 

Other marketing company operating expenses

 

28,710

 

27,654

 

3.8

 

Other operating expenses

 

$

49,131

 

$

36,000

 

36.5

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $23.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, representing a decrease of $6.7 million, or 21.9%, from the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to higher operating expenses resulting from higher sales. This decrease was partially offset by higher investment income, a favorable change in unlocking, and more favorable universal life claims.

 

Operating revenues

 

Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013, increased $24.0 million, or 7.0%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was driven by higher premiums and policy fees due to increased sales along with higher investment income due to increases in net in force reserves.

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees increased by $15.7 million, or 8.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to an increase in premiums and policy fees associated with increased sales in universal life business, partially offset by decreases in traditional life premiums.

 

Net investment income

 

Net investment income in the segment increased $8.2 million, or 6.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Of the increase in net investment income, $5.2 million was the result of a net increase in universal life reserves. Traditional life investment income increased $2.9 million due to lower funding costs and higher reserves.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Other income

 

Other income increased $0.2 million, or 0.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to higher revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses increased by $26.2 million, or 10.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to growth in retained universal life insurance in-force, an increase in reserves resulting from new sales and changes in universal life interest rate assumptions, higher credited interest on universal life products resulting from increases in account values, and higher claims from the continued maturing of the traditional life block. In 2013, universal life and BOLI unlocking was largely driven by investment yield and credited interest on fund value. The impact of these changes increased benefits and settlement expenses $1.9 million. In 2012, universal life and BOLI unlocking increased benefit expenses $6.9 million.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

DAC amortization decreased $8.6 million, or 37.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to differing impacts of unlocking. In 2013, universal life and BOLI unlocking decreased amortization $3.9 million, as compared to an increase of $2.0 million in 2012.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses increased $13.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase reflects higher new business acquisition costs associated with higher sales, higher marketing company expenses of $1.1 million, a reduction in reinsurance allowances, higher general administrative expenses, and a $1.4 million increase in interest expense associated with reserve financing costs.

 

Sales

 

Sales for the segment increased $24.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Traditional life sales increased slightly by 1.7%. Universal life sales increased $26.0 million due to the increased focus on sales and more competitive product positioning. BOLI sales decreased by $1.3 million due to less favorable product positioning.

 

Reinsurance

 

Currently, the Life Marketing segment reinsures significant amounts of its life insurance in-force. Pursuant to the underlying reinsurance contracts, reinsurers pay allowances to the segment as a percentage of both first year and renewal premiums. Reinsurance allowances represent the amount the reinsurer is willing to pay for reimbursement of acquisition costs incurred by the direct writer of the business. A portion of reinsurance allowances received is deferred as part of DAC and a portion is recognized immediately as a reduction of other operating expenses. As the non-deferred portion of allowances reduces operating expenses in the period received, these amounts represent a net increase to operating income during that period.

 

Reinsurance allowances do not affect the methodology used to amortize DAC or the period over which such DAC is amortized. However, they do affect the amounts recognized as DAC amortization. DAC on universal life-type, limited-payment long duration, and investment contracts business is amortized based on the estimated gross profits of the policies in-force. Reinsurance allowances are considered in the determination of estimated gross profits, and therefore, impact DAC amortization on these lines of business. Deferred reinsurance allowances on level term business are recorded as ceded DAC, which is amortized over estimated ceded premiums of the policies in-force. Thus, deferred reinsurance allowances may impact DAC amortization. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Impact of reinsurance

 

Reinsurance impacted the Life Marketing segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Life Marketing Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(207,662

)

$

(192,755

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(208,126

)

(205,765

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(7,446

)

(11,941

)

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(29,191

)

(32,659

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(244,763

)

(250,365

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (2)

 

$

37,101

 

$

57,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances received

 

$

(35,544

)

$

(40,165

)

Less: Amount deferred

 

6,353

 

7,506

 

Allowances recognized

 

 

 

 

 

(ceded other operating expenses) (1)

 

$

(29,191

)

$

(32,659

)

 


(1) Other operating expenses ceded per the income statement are equal to reinsurance allowances recognized after capitalization.

(2) Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially reduce the favorable impact of reinsurance. The Company estimates that the impact of foregone investment income would reduce the net impact of reinsurance by 90% to 160%.

 

The table above does not reflect the impact of reinsurance on our net investment income. By ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed, which will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on the business we cede. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified. The impact of including foregone investment income would be to substantially reduce the favorable net impact of reinsurance reflected above. We estimate that the impact of foregone investment income would be to reduce the net impact of reinsurance presented in the table above by 90% to 160%. The Life Marketing segment’s reinsurance programs do not materially impact the “other income” line of our income statement.

 

As shown above, reinsurance had a favorable impact on the Life Marketing segment’s operating income for the periods presented above. The impact of reinsurance is largely due to our quota share coinsurance program in place prior to mid-2005. Under that program, generally 90% of the segment’s traditional new business was ceded to reinsurers. Since mid-2005, a much smaller percentage of overall term business has been ceded due to a change in reinsurance strategy on traditional business. As a result of that change, the relative impact of reinsurance on the Life Marketing segment’s overall results is expected to decrease over time. While the significance of reinsurance is expected to decline over time, the overall impact of reinsurance for a given period may fluctuate due to variations in mortality and unlocking of balances.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

The higher ceded premiums for 2013 as compared to 2012 was caused primarily by higher ceded traditional life premiums of $6.5 million and higher universal life premiums of $8.6 million. Ceded traditional premium for the three months ended March 31, 2013, increased from the three months ended March 31, 2012, as a number of policies reached their post level premium period. This was offset by increases in ceded premium reserves included in the benefits and settlement expenses line.

 

Ceded benefits and settlement expenses were higher for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to higher increases in ceded reserves, largely offset by lower ceded claims. Traditional ceded benefits decreased $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to a decrease in ceded death benefits largely offset by an increase in ceded reserves. Universal life ceded benefits increased $6.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to an increase in ceded reserves primarily due to new business, partly offset by lower ceded claims. Ceded universal life claims were $4.6 million lower for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Ceded amortization of deferred policy acquisitions costs decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the differences in unlocking between the two periods.

 

Ceded other operating expenses reflect the impact of reinsurance allowances on net income. Allowances decreased in the traditional line reflecting runoff of business and in the universal life line reflecting the allowance pattern on older business and changes in the mix of business.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Acquisitions

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

208,726

 

$

212,158

 

(1.6

)%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(96,605

)

(80,301

)

20.3

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

112,121

 

131,857

 

(15.0

)

Net investment income

 

134,669

 

138,121

 

(2.5

)

Other income

 

1,014

 

1,579

 

(35.8

)

Total operating revenues

 

247,804

 

271,557

 

(8.7

)

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

(14,043

)

17,312

 

 

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

16,726

 

10,640

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

250,487

 

299,509

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

179,449

 

194,173

 

(7.6

)

Amortization of value of business acquired

 

18,213

 

23,175

 

(21.4

)

Other operating expenses

 

15,765

 

15,110

 

4.3

 

Operating benefits and expenses

 

213,427

 

232,458

 

(8.2

)

Amortization of VOBA related to realized gains (losses) - investments

 

173

 

(33

)

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

213,600

 

232,425

 

(8.1

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

36,887

 

67,084

 

(45.0

)

Less: realized gains (losses)

 

2,683

 

27,952

 

 

 

Less: related amortization of VOBA

 

(173

)

33

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

34,377

 

$

39,099

 

(12.1

)

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Acquisitions segment:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Average Life Insurance In-Force(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

172,010,502

 

$

183,952,120

 

(6.5

)%

Universal life

 

28,668,022

 

31,660,021

 

(9.5

)

 

 

$

200,678,524

 

$

215,612,141

 

(6.9

)

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal life

 

$

3,357,805

 

$

3,471,229

 

(3.3

)

Fixed annuity(2)

 

3,082,334

 

3,243,372

 

(5.0

)

Variable annuity

 

576,020

 

615,966

 

(6.5

)

 

 

$

7,016,159

 

$

7,330,567

 

(4.3

)

Interest Spread - UL & Fixed Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield(3)

 

5.67

%

5.84

%

 

 

Interest credited to policyholders

 

3.93

 

3.94

 

 

 

Interest spread

 

1.74

%

1.90

%

 

 

 


(1)Amounts are not adjusted for reinsurance ceded.

(2)Includes general account balances held within variable annuity products and is net of coinsurance ceded.

(3)Earned rates exclude portfolios supporting modified coinsurance and crediting rates exclude 100% cessions.

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, a decrease of $4.7 million, or 12.1%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to lower spread income and the expected runoff of business.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net premiums and policy fees decreased $19.7 million, or 15.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the impact of a reinsurance recapture on 2012 results and the expected runoff of business. Net investment income decreased $3.5 million, or 2.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to the expected runoff of business and lower yields.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses decreased $18.8 million, or 8.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was due to the impact of a reinsurance recapture on 2012 results and the expected runoff of the in-force business.

 

Reinsurance

 

The Acquisitions segment currently reinsures portions of both its life and annuity in-force. The cost of reinsurance to the segment is reflected in the chart shown below. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Impact of reinsurance

 

Reinsurance impacted the Acquisitions segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Acquisitions Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(96,605

)

$

(80,301

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(85,379

)

(58,001

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(2,364

)

(3,402

)

Other operating expenses

 

(11,738

)

(14,206

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(99,481

)

(75,609

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (1)

 

$

2,876

 

$

(4,692

)

 


(1)       Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially reduce the favorable impact of reinsurance.

 

The segment’s reinsurance programs do not materially impact the other income line of the income statement. In addition, net investment income generally has no direct impact on reinsurance cost. However, by ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded to the assuming companies. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed which will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on business assumed from the Company. For business ceded under modified coinsurance arrangements, the amount of investment income attributable to the assuming company is included as part of the overall change in policy reserves and, as such, is reflected in benefit and settlement expenses. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified as it is not fully reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

The net impact of reinsurance is more favorable by $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to higher ceded death claims. In the three months ended March 31, 2012, ceded revenues were reduced by $17.2 million and ceded benefits and expenses were reduced by $15.6 million due to a reinsurance recapture.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Annuities

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

28,552

 

$

21,928

 

30.2

%

Reinsurance ceded

 

 

(13

)

n/m

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

28,552

 

21,915

 

30.3

 

Net investment income

 

118,557

 

125,985

 

(5.9

)

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

(12,923

)

(7,240

)

(78.5

)

Other income

 

26,795

 

17,711

 

51.3

 

Total operating revenues

 

160,981

 

158,371

 

1.6

 

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

1,773

 

15,013

 

 

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

2,175

 

(33,960

)

 

 

Total revenues

 

164,929

 

139,424

 

18.3

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

80,671

 

90,290

 

(10.7

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

10,654

 

9,002

 

18.4

 

Other operating expenses

 

26,258

 

23,296

 

12.7

 

Operating benefits and expenses

 

117,583

 

122,588

 

(4.1

)

Amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

(601

)

1,619

 

 

 

Amortization of DAC related to realized gains (losses) - investments

 

1,455

 

(7,129

)

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

118,437

 

117,078

 

1.2

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

46,492

 

22,346

 

n/m

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - investments

 

1,773

 

15,013

 

 

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

2,175

 

(33,960

)

 

 

Less: amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

601

 

(1,619

)

 

 

Less: related amortization of DAC

 

(1,455

)

7,129

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

43,398

 

$

35,783

 

21.3

 

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Annuities segment:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed annuity

 

$

115,353

 

$

152,826

 

(24.5

)%

Variable annuity

 

579,698

 

567,408

 

2.2

 

 

 

$

695,051

 

$

720,234

 

(3.5

)

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed annuity(1)

 

$

8,398,457

 

$

8,631,269

 

(2.7

)

Variable annuity

 

9,600,722

 

6,632,077

 

44.8

 

 

 

$

17,999,179

 

$

15,263,346

 

17.9

 

Interest Spread - Fixed Annuities(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield

 

5.54

%

5.78

%

 

 

Interest credited to policyholders

 

3.55

 

3.97

 

 

 

Interest spread

 

1.99

%

1.81

%

 

 

 


(1)       Includes general account balances held within variable annuity products.

(2)             Interest spread on average general account values.

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

(16,484

)

$

(33,406

)

$

16,922

 

Equity futures - VA

 

(23,225

)

(25,099

)

1,874

 

Currency futures - VA

 

8,083

 

(984

)

9,067

 

Volatility futures - VA

 

 

(475

)

475

 

Volatility swaps - VA

 

(10,433

)

(1,884

)

(8,549

)

Equity options - VA

 

(28,406

)

(23,872

)

(4,534

)

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,102

)

(3,519

)

(583

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

(16,556

)

(2,128

)

(14,428

)

Embedded derivative - GMWB(1)

 

80,375

 

50,167

 

30,208

 

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

$

(10,748

)

$

(41,200

)

$

30,452

 

Economic cost(2)

 

12,923

 

7,240

 

5,683

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

$

2,175

 

$

(33,960

)

$

36,135

 

 


(1)       Includes impact of nonperformance risk of $(5.4) million and $(41.9) million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2)             Economic cost is the long-term expected average cost of providing the product benefit over the life of the policy based on product pricing assumptions. These include assumptions about the economic/market environment, and elective and non-elective policy owner behavior (e.g. lapses, withdrawal timing, mortality, etc.).

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

GMDB - Net amount at risk(1)

 

$

105,313

 

$

129,309

 

(18.6

)%

GMDB Reserves

 

17,263

 

19,316

 

(10.6

)

GMWB and GMAB Reserves(1)

 

88,895

 

169,269

 

(47.5

)

Account value subject to GMWB rider

 

8,001,578

 

7,165,375

 

11.7

 

GMWB Benefit Base

 

7,357,043

 

6,888,471

 

6.8

 

S&P 500® Index

 

1,569

 

1,426

 

10.0

 

 


(1)Guaranteed benefits in excess of contract holder account balance.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income

 

Segment operating income was $43.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $35.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $7.6 million, or 21.3%. This variance included an increase in spreads of $2.6 million and an increase in VA earnings of $8.5 million that was driven by higher policy fees and other income. Partially offsetting these favorable changes were increases in non-deferred expenses and DAC amortization.

 

Operating revenues

 

Segment operating revenues increased $2.6 million, or 1.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to increases in policy fees and other income from the VA line of business. Those increases were offset by increased economic cost in the VA line of business and lower investment income. Average fixed account balances decreased 2.7% and average variable account balances grew 44.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses decreased $9.6 million, or 10.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of lower credited interest, lower realized losses in the fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities line, and a $1.5 million favorable change in fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”) fair value adjustments. These favorable changes were partially offset by a $4.5 million unfavorable change in the single premium immediate annuity (“SPIA”) mortality variance.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

The increase in DAC amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, was primarily due to growth in the VA line of business.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses increased $3.0 million, or 12.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase is due to higher commissions and maintenance expenses driven by growth of the business.

 

Sales

 

Total sales decreased $25.2 million, or 3.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Sales of variable annuities increased $12.3 million, or 2.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Sales of fixed annuities decreased by $37.5 million, or 24.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, driven by a decrease in single premium deferred annuity sales.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Stable Value Products

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income

 

$

30,074

 

$

32,402

 

(7.2

)%

Other income

 

 

1

 

n/m

 

Total operating revenues

 

30,074

 

32,403

 

(7.2

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

1,846

 

2,253

 

(18.1

)

Total revenues

 

31,920

 

34,656

 

(7.9

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

11,603

 

18,957

 

(38.8

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

81

 

196

 

(58.7

)

Other operating expenses

 

546

 

604

 

(9.6

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

12,230

 

19,757

 

(38.1

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

19,690

 

14,899

 

32.2

 

Less: realized gains (losses)

 

1,846

 

2,253

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

17,844

 

$

12,646

 

41.1

 

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Stable Value Products segment:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GIC

 

$

112,020

 

$

26,000

 

n/m

%

GFA - Direct Institutional

 

 

150,000

 

n/m

 

 

 

$

112,020

 

$

176,000

 

(36.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Account Values

 

$

2,543,906

 

$

2,784,389

 

(8.6

)%

Ending Account Values

 

$

2,544,609

 

$

2,772,378

 

(8.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield

 

4.73

%

4.65

%

 

 

Interest credited

 

1.82

 

2.71

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

0.10

 

0.12

 

 

 

Operating spread

 

2.81

%

1.82

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating spread(1)

 

2.55

%

1.80

%

 

 

 


(1)Excludes participating mortgage loan income and bank loan fee income.

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $17.8 million and increased $5.2 million, or 41.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in operating earnings resulted from higher operating spreads and lower expenses offset by a decline in average account values. The operating spread increased 99 basis points to 281 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to an operating

 

65



Table of Contents

 

spread of 182 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 75 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2013 over the prior year.

 

Sales

 

Total sales were $112.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Asset Protection

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

66,186

 

$

68,936

 

(4.0

)%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(31,083

)

(31,473

)

1.2

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

35,103

 

37,463

 

(6.3

)

Net investment income

 

5,854

 

6,542

 

(10.5

)

Other income

 

26,614

 

26,601

 

n/m

 

Total operating revenues

 

67,571

 

70,606

 

(4.3

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

24,658

 

24,048

 

2.5

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

7,462

 

8,677

 

(14.0

)

Other operating expenses

 

29,370

 

32,915

 

(10.8

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

61,490

 

65,640

 

(6.3

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

6,081

 

4,966

 

22.5

 

Less: noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

n/m

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

6,081

 

$

4,966

 

22.5

 

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Asset Protection segment:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit insurance

 

$

7,334

 

$

8,802

 

(16.7

)%

Service contracts

 

82,035

 

82,800

 

(0.9

)

GAP

 

14,766

 

18,295

 

(19.3

)

 

 

$

104,135

 

$

109,897

 

(5.2

)

Loss Ratios(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit insurance

 

38.4

%

28.5

%

 

 

Service contracts

 

86.4

 

87.1

 

 

 

GAP

 

39.4

 

26.7

 

 

 

 


(1)Incurred claims as a percentage of earned premiums

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $6.1 million, representing an increase of $1.1 million, or 22.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in income was primarily due to a $2.0 million legal settlement accrual in the first quarter of 2012 partly offset by a $0.7 million decrease in investment income due to lower yields. Credit insurance earnings increased $2.1 million primarily due to the previously mentioned $2.0 million in litigation costs incurred in the first quarter of 2012. Earnings from the GAP product line decreased $0.7 million, or 18.6%, primarily from lower volume and higher losses. Service contract earnings decreased $0.3 million, or 8.8%, primarily due to lower investment income.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees decreased $2.4 million, or 6.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Credit insurance premiums decreased $1.5 million, or 33.3%, primarily the result of lower sales in prior years and the related impact on earned premiums. GAP premiums decreased $0.9 million, or 8.7%, primarily due to a change in the mix of GAP business. Service contract premiums remained consistent with the prior year.

 

Other income

 

Other income remained consistent for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses increased $0.6 million, or 2.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. GAP claims increased $0.9 million, or 34.8%, due to higher loss ratios. The increase was partially offset by decreases in service contract claims of $0.2 million, or 0.9%, and credit insurance claims of $0.1 million, or 10.1%.

 

Amortization of DAC and Other operating expenses

 

Amortization of DAC was $1.2 million, or 14.0%, lower for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to lower earned premiums in the credit and GAP product lines. Other operating expenses decreased $3.5 million, or 10.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to a $2.0 million legal settlement accrual and higher expenses related to new initiatives in the first quarter of 2012, partly offset by $0.6 million in severance costs in the first quarter of 2013.

 

Sales

 

Total segment sales decreased $5.8 million, or 5.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Sales in the GAP product line decreased $3.5 million, or 19.3%, primarily due to lower sales through one large distribution partner and a change in mix of GAP business. Credit insurance sales decreased $1.5 million, or 16.7%, primarily due to an increase in refunds as a result of the 2012 legal settlement. Service contract sales decreased $0.8 million, or 0.9%.

 

Reinsurance

 

The majority of the Asset Protection segment’s reinsurance activity relates to the cession of single premium credit life and credit accident and health insurance, credit property, vehicle service contracts, and guaranteed asset protection insurance to producer affiliated reinsurance companies (“PARCs”). These arrangements are coinsurance contracts ceding the business on a first dollar quota share basis at levels ranging from 50% to 100% to limit our exposure and allow the PARCs to share in the underwriting income of the product. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to our policyholders. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Reinsurance impacted the Asset Protection segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Asset Protection Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(31,083

)

$

(31,473

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(13,656

)

(14,579

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(1,654

)

(2,025

)

Other operating expenses

 

(1,311

)

(1,324

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(16,621

)

(17,928

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (1)

 

$

(14,462

)

$

(13,545

)

 


(1)             Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially change the impact of reinsurance.

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Reinsurance premiums ceded decreased $0.4 million, or 1.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in ceded dealer credit insurance premiums due to lower sales in prior years, somewhat offset by increases in service contract and GAP premiums.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses ceded decreased $0.9 million, or 6.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower losses in the dealer credit line.

 

Amortization of DAC ceded decreased $0.4 million, or 18.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily as the result of decreases in ceded activity in the dealer credit product line. Other operating expenses remained consistent for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Net investment income has no direct impact on reinsurance cost. However, by ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed which generally will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on business we cede. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified as it is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Corporate and Other

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

4,678

 

$

5,166

 

(9.4

)%

Reinsurance ceded

 

 

(16

)

n/m

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

4,678

 

5,150

 

(9.2

)

Net investment income

 

41,232

 

40,045

 

3.0

 

Other income

 

1,269

 

36,214

 

(96.5

)

Total operating revenues

 

47,179

 

81,409

 

(42.0

)

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

2,063

 

(16,970

)

 

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

1,039

 

5

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

50,281

 

64,444

 

(22.0

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

5,334

 

5,963

 

(10.5

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

179

 

354

 

(49.4

)

Other operating expenses

 

59,998

 

47,212

 

27.1

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

65,511

 

53,529

 

22.4

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

(15,230

)

10,915

 

n/m

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - investments

 

2,063

 

(16,970

)

 

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

1,039

 

5

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(18,332

)

$

27,880

 

n/m

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Segment operating income (loss)

 

Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $18.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to operating income of $27.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was the result of a $34.2 million unfavorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, $1.3 million of pre-tax gains were generated from the repurchase on non-recourse funding obligations as compared to $35.5 million of pre-tax gains for the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, the decrease was the result of an increase in other operating expenses as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to guaranty fund assessments, acquisition related expenses, and fluctuations in non-acquisition related legal fees.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net investment income for the segment increased $1.2 million, or 3.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, and net premiums and policy fees decreased $0.5 million, or 9.2%. Other income decreased $34.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to a $34.2 million unfavorable variance related to gains generated on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses increased $12.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in other operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses is primarily due to guaranty fund assessments, acquisition related expenses, and fluctuations in non-acquisition related legal fees.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED INVESTMENTS

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying tables to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income, shareowners’ equity, or the totals reflected in the accompanying tables.

 

Portfolio Description

 

As of March 31, 2013, our investment portfolio was approximately $37.0 billion. The types of assets in which we may invest are influenced by various state insurance laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters of these laws, we invest in assets giving consideration to such factors as liquidity and capital needs, investment quality, investment return, matching of assets and liabilities, and the overall composition of the investment portfolio by asset type and credit exposure.

 

The following table presents the reported values of our invested assets:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Publicly issued bonds (amortized cost: 2013 - $21,577,957; 2012 - $21,244,173)

 

$

23,918,990

 

64.6

%

$

23,823,244

 

64.5

%

Privately issued bonds (amortized cost: 2013 - $5,957,112; 2012 - $5,737,151)

 

6,461,501

 

17.5

 

6,264,715

 

17.0

 

Fixed maturities

 

30,380,491

 

82.1

 

30,087,959

 

81.5

 

Equity securities (cost: 2013 - $406,937; 2012 - $409,376)

 

415,176

 

1.1

 

411,786

 

1.1

 

Mortgage loans

 

4,835,917

 

13.1

 

4,950,201

 

13.4

 

Investment real estate

 

18,952

 

0.1

 

19,816

 

0.1

 

Policy loans

 

862,202

 

2.3

 

865,391

 

2.3

 

Other long-term investments

 

348,394

 

0.9

 

361,837

 

1.0

 

Short-term investments

 

161,506

 

0.4

 

217,812

 

0.6

 

Total investments

 

$

37,022,638

 

100.0

%

$

36,914,802

 

100.0

%

 

Included in the preceding table are $3.0 billion and $3.0 billion of fixed maturities and $110.6 million and $118.9 million of short-term investments classified as trading securities as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The trading portfolio includes invested assets of $3.0 billion and $3.0 billion as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, held pursuant to modified coinsurance (“Modco”) arrangements under which the economic risks and benefits of the investments are passed to third party reinsurers. Also included above are $315.0 million and $300.0 million of securities classified as held-to-maturity as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Fixed Maturity Investments

 

As of March 31, 2013, our fixed maturity investment holdings were approximately $30.4 billion. The approximate percentage distribution of our fixed maturity investments by quality rating is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Rating

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

AAA

 

14.4

%

14.6

%

AA

 

7.0

 

7.2

 

A

 

31.5

 

30.8

 

BBB

 

39.6

 

39.7

 

Below investment grade

 

6.5

 

6.7

 

Not rated

 

1.0

 

1.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

71



Table of Contents

 

We use various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations’ (“NRSRO”) ratings when classifying securities by quality ratings. When the various NRSRO ratings are not consistent for a security, we use the second-highest convention in assigning the rating. When there are no such published ratings, we assign a rating based on the statutory accounting rating system if such ratings are available.

 

We do not have material exposure to financial guarantee insurance companies with respect to our investment portfolio. As of March 31, 2013, based upon amortized cost, $39.8 million of our securities were guaranteed either directly or indirectly by third parties out of a total of $27.1 billion fixed maturity securities held by us (0.1% of total fixed maturity securities).

 

Changes in fair value for our available-for-sale portfolio, net of related DAC and VOBA, are charged or credited directly to shareowners’ equity, net of tax. Declines in fair value that are other-than-temporary are recorded as realized losses in the consolidated statements of income, net of any applicable non-credit component of the loss, which is recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss).

 

The distribution of our fixed maturity investments by type is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Type

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

22,417.5

 

$

22,054.4

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

2,072.4

 

2,197.1

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,093.2

 

1,040.9

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,109.0

 

1,133.0

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,503.8

 

1,475.8

 

Other government-related securities

 

152.2

 

164.2

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,717.4

 

1,722.6

 

Other

 

315.0

 

300.0

 

Total fixed income portfolio

 

$

30,380.5

 

$

30,088.0

 

 

Within our fixed maturity investments, we maintain portfolios classified as “available-for-sale”, “trading”, and “held-to-maturity”. We purchase our available-for-sale investments with the intent to hold to maturity by purchasing investments that match future cash flow needs. However, we may sell any of our available-for-sale and trading investments to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. Accordingly, we classified $27.1 billion, or 89.2%, of our fixed maturities as “available-for-sale” as of March 31, 2013. These securities are carried at fair value on our consolidated condensed balance sheets.

 

Fixed maturities that we have both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity”. We classified $315.0 million, or 1.0% of our fixed maturities as “held-to-maturity” as of March 31, 2013. These securities are carried at amortized cost on our consolidated condensed balance sheets.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Trading securities are carried at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded on the income statement as they occur. Our trading portfolio accounts for $3.0 billion, or 9.8%, of our fixed maturities and $110.6 million of short-term investments as of March 31, 2013. Changes in fair value on the trading portfolio, including gains and losses from sales, are passed to the reinsurers through the contractual terms of the reinsurance arrangements. Partially offsetting these amounts are corresponding changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative associated with the underlying reinsurance arrangement. The total Modco trading portfolio fixed maturities by rating is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Rating

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

AAA

 

$

546,682

 

$

559,374

 

AA

 

233,231

 

239,834

 

A

 

828,145

 

801,562

 

BBB

 

992,504

 

1,038,873

 

Below investment grade

 

354,715

 

353,089

 

Total Modco trading fixed maturities

 

$

2,955,277

 

$

2,992,732

 

 

A portion of our bond portfolio is invested in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”). ABS are securities that are backed by a pool of assets. These holdings as of March 31, 2013, were approximately $4.3 billion. Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are constructed from pools of mortgages and may have cash flow volatility as a result of changes in the rate at which prepayments of principal occur with respect to the underlying loans. Excluding limitations on access to lending and other extraordinary economic conditions, prepayments of principal on the underlying loans can be expected to accelerate with decreases in market interest rates and diminish with increases in interest rates.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - As of March 31, 2013, our RMBS portfolio was approximately $2.1 billion. Sequential securities receive payments in order until each class is paid off. Planned amortization class securities (“PACs”) pay down according to a schedule. Pass through securities receive principal as principal of the underlying mortgages is received.

 

The tables below include a breakdown of these holdings by type and rating as of March 31, 2013.

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage-
Backed

 

Type

 

Securities

 

Sequential

 

22.9

%

PAC

 

43.6

 

Pass Through

 

7.2

 

Other

 

26.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

55.3

%

AA

 

0.4

 

A

 

2.3

 

BBB

 

0.7

 

Below investment grade

 

41.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Alt-A Collateralized Holdings

 

As of March 31, 2013, we held securities with a fair value of $442.8 million, or 1.2% of invested assets, supported by collateral classified as Alt-A. As of December 31, 2012, we held securities with a fair value of $443.6 million supported by collateral classified as Alt-A. We included in this classification certain whole loan securities where such securities had underlying mortgages with a high level of limited loan documentation. As of March 31, 2013, these securities had a fair value of $143.8 million and an unrealized gain of $26.9 million.

 

The following table includes the percentage of our collateral classified as Alt-A, grouped by rating category, as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Alt-A

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

A

 

0.2

%

Below investment grade

 

99.8

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans by rating as of March 31, 2013:

 

Alt-A Collateralized Holdings

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

A

 

$

0.8

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.8

 

Below investment grade

 

442.0

 

 

 

 

 

442.0

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans

 

$

442.8

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

442.8

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

A

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Below investment grade

 

30.1

 

 

 

 

 

30.1

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans

 

$

30.1

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

30.1

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Sub-prime Collateralized Holdings

 

As of March 31, 2013, we held securities with a total fair value of $2.6 million that were supported by collateral classified as sub-prime. As of December 31, 2012, we held securities with a fair value of $2.7 million that were supported by collateral classified as sub-prime.

 

Prime Collateralized Holdings

 

As of March 31, 2013, we had RMBS collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages) with a total fair value of $1.6 billion, or 4.4%, of total invested assets. As of December 31, 2012, we held securities with a fair value of $1.8 billion of RMBS collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages).

 

The following table includes the percentage of our collateral classified as prime, grouped by rating category, as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Prime

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

70.4

%

AA

 

0.5

 

A

 

2.9

 

BBB

 

0.9

 

Below investment grade

 

25.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages) by rating as of March 31, 2013:

 

Prime Collateralized Holdings

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

437.7

 

$

337.4

 

$

344.9

 

$

4.0

 

$

21.9

 

$

1,145.9

 

AA

 

7.4

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

A

 

43.3

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

47.0

 

BBB

 

14.2

 

 

 

 

 

14.2

 

Below investment grade

 

412.5

 

 

 

 

 

412.5

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans

 

$

915.1

 

$

337.4

 

$

348.6

 

$

4.0

 

$

21.9

 

$

1,627.0

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

30.5

 

$

22.5

 

$

24.2

 

$

0.1

 

$

(0.2

)

$

77.1

 

AA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

BBB

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Below investment grade

 

(8.1

)

 

 

 

 

(8.1

)

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans

 

$

25.8

 

$

22.5

 

$

24.2

 

$

0.1

 

$

(0.2

)

$

72.4

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities - Our CMBS portfolio consists of commercial mortgage-backed securities issued in securitization transactions. As of March 31, 2013, the CMBS holdings were approximately $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2012, the CMBS holdings were approximately $1.0 billion.

 

The following table includes the percentages of our CMBS holdings, grouped by rating category, as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

67.1

%

AA

 

12.6

 

A

 

18.7

 

BBB

 

1.6

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our CMBS as of March 31, 2013:

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

93.9

 

$

84.5

 

$

230.7

 

$

280.3

 

$

44.3

 

$

733.7

 

AA

 

 

34.1

 

39.3

 

43.6

 

20.3

 

137.3

 

A

 

47.8

 

35.3

 

87.7

 

15.0

 

18.7

 

204.5

 

BBB

 

17.7

 

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

Total commercial mortgage- backed securities

 

$

159.4

 

$

153.9

 

$

357.7

 

$

338.9

 

$

83.3

 

$

1,093.2

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

3.0

 

$

9.6

 

$

28.9

 

$

10.6

 

$

(0.4

)

$

51.7

 

AA

 

 

2.8

 

4.2

 

(0.4

)

0.1

 

6.7

 

A

 

2.9

 

2.7

 

4.2

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

10.6

 

BBB

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

Total commercial mortgage- backed securities

 

$

6.7

 

$

15.1

 

$

37.3

 

$

10.9

 

$

(0.2

)

$

69.8

 

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Other asset-backed securities — Other asset-backed securities pay down based on cash flow received from the underlying pool of assets, such as receivables on auto loans, student loans, credit cards, etc. As of March 31, 2013, these holdings were approximately $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2012, these holdings were approximately $1.1 billion.

 

The following table includes the percentages of our other asset-backed holdings, grouped by rating category, as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Other Asset-Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

55.5

%

AA

 

15.4

 

A

 

16.8

 

BBB

 

0.2

 

Below investment grade

 

12.1

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our asset-backed securities as of March 31, 2013:

 

Other Asset-Backed Securities

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

520.1

 

$

32.1

 

$

27.6

 

$

36.0

 

$

 

$

615.8

 

AA

 

163.9

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

170.6

 

A

 

35.0

 

 

75.9

 

67.3

 

8.0

 

186.2

 

BBB

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Below investment grade

 

134.1

 

 

 

 

 

134.1

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

$

855.4

 

$

32.1

 

$

103.5

 

$

110.0

 

$

8.0

 

$

1,109.0

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2009 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

(52.7

)

$

0.1

 

$

2.0

 

$

1.8

 

$

 

$

(48.8

)

AA

 

(14.7

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

(14.4

)

A

 

5.0

 

 

7.7

 

1.3

 

 

14.0

 

BBB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Below investment grade

 

9.5

 

 

 

 

 

9.5

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

$

(52.9

)

$

0.1

 

$

9.7

 

$

3.4

 

$

 

$

(39.7

)

 

78



Table of Contents

 

We obtained ratings of our fixed maturities from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”), and/or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). If a fixed maturity is not rated by Moody’s, S&P, or Fitch, we use ratings from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), or we rate the fixed maturity based upon a comparison of the unrated issue to rated issues of the same issuer or rated issues of other issuers with similar risk characteristics. As of March 31, 2013, over 99.0% of our fixed maturities were rated by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, and/or the NAIC.

 

The industry segment composition of our fixed maturity securities is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

As of

 

% Fair

 

As of

 

% Fair

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

Value

 

December 31, 2012

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Banking

 

$

2,382,749

 

7.8

%

$

2,316,051

 

7.7

%

Other finance

 

416,622

 

1.4

 

346,563

 

1.2

 

Electric

 

3,749,769

 

12.3

 

3,782,966

 

12.6

 

Natural gas

 

2,221,250

 

7.3

 

2,203,779

 

7.3

 

Insurance

 

2,566,105

 

8.4

 

2,541,614

 

8.4

 

Energy

 

1,755,501

 

5.8

 

1,821,451

 

6.1

 

Communications

 

1,253,656

 

4.1

 

1,260,773

 

4.2

 

Basic industrial

 

1,307,996

 

4.3

 

1,293,037

 

4.3

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

1,904,964

 

6.3

 

1,738,686

 

5.8

 

Consumer cyclical

 

985,232

 

3.2

 

942,465

 

3.1

 

Finance companies

 

249,761

 

0.8

 

246,114

 

0.8

 

Capital goods

 

1,072,109

 

3.5

 

1,066,972

 

3.5

 

Transportation

 

683,802

 

2.3

 

670,477

 

2.2

 

Other industrial

 

257,526

 

0.8

 

236,002

 

0.8

 

Brokerage

 

605,936

 

2.0

 

588,307

 

2.0

 

Technology

 

847,452

 

2.8

 

845,282

 

2.8

 

Real estate

 

115,353

 

0.4

 

119,020

 

0.4

 

Other utility

 

41,735

 

0.1

 

34,779

 

0.1

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,093,141

 

3.6

 

1,040,896

 

3.5

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,108,983

 

3.7

 

1,132,943

 

3.8

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

920,185

 

3.0

 

987,035

 

3.3

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

1,152,247

 

3.8

 

1,210,098

 

4.0

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,503,788

 

4.9

 

1,475,816

 

4.9

 

Other government-related securities

 

152,205

 

0.5

 

164,222

 

0.5

 

State, municipals, and political divisions

 

1,717,424

 

5.7

 

1,722,611

 

5.7

 

Other

 

315,000

 

1.2

 

300,000

 

1.0

 

Total

 

$

30,380,491

 

100.0

%

$

30,087,959

 

100.0

%

 

Our investments classified as available-for-sale and trading in debt and equity securities are reported at fair value. Our investments classified as held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. As of March 31, 2013, our fixed maturity investments (bonds and redeemable preferred stocks) had a market value of $30.4 billion, which was 12.2% above amortized cost of $27.1 billion. These assets are invested for terms approximately corresponding to anticipated future benefit payments. Thus, market fluctuations are not expected to adversely affect liquidity.

 

Market values for private, non-traded securities are determined as follows: 1) we obtain estimates from independent pricing services and 2) we estimate market value based upon a comparison to quoted issues of the same issuer or issues of other issuers with similar terms and risk characteristics. We analyze the independent pricing services valuation methodologies and related inputs, including an assessment of the observability of market inputs. Upon obtaining this information related to market value, management makes a determination as to the appropriate valuation amount.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Mortgage Loans

 

We invest a portion of our investment portfolio in commercial mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2013, our mortgage loan holdings were approximately $4.8 billion. We have specialized in making loans on credit-oriented commercial properties, credit-anchored strip shopping centers, and apartments. Our underwriting procedures relative to our commercial loan portfolio are based, in our view, on a conservative and disciplined approach. We concentrate on a small number of commercial real estate asset types associated with the necessities of life (retail, multi-family, professional office buildings, and warehouses). We believe these asset types tend to weather economic downturns better than other commercial asset classes in which we have chosen not to participate. We believe this disciplined approach has helped to maintain a relatively low delinquency and foreclosure rate throughout our history.

 

Our commercial mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts, and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income.

 

We record mortgage loans net of an allowance for credit losses. This allowance is calculated through analysis of specific loans that have indicators of potential impairment based on current information and events. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, our allowance for mortgage loan credit losses was $4.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively. While our mortgage loans do not have quoted market values, as of March 31, 2013, we estimated the fair value of our mortgage loans to be $5.6 billion (using discounted cash flows from the next call date), which was approximately 15% greater than the amortized cost, less any related loan loss reserve.

 

At the time of origination, our mortgage lending criteria targets that the loan-to-value ratio on each mortgage is 75% or less. We target projected rental payments from credit anchors (i.e., excluding rental payments from smaller local tenants) of 70% of the property’s projected operating expenses and debt service.

 

We also offer a type of commercial mortgage loan under which we will permit a loan-to-value ratio of up to 85% in exchange for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, approximately $736.9 million and $817.3 million, respectively, of our mortgage loans had this participation feature. Cash flows received as a result of this participation feature are recorded as interest income. Exceptions to these loan-to-value measures may be made if we believe the mortgage has an acceptable risk profile.

 

Certain of our mortgage loans have call options or interest rate reset options between 3 and 10 years. However, if interest rates were to significantly increase, we may be unable to exercise the call options or increase the interest rates on our existing mortgage loans commensurate with the significantly increased market rates. Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $143.0 million will become due in the remainder of 2013, $1.3 billion in 2014 through 2018, $588.2 million in 2019 through 2023, and $178.3 million thereafter.

 

As of March 31, 2013, approximately $21.2 million, or 0.06%, of invested assets consisted of nonperforming, restructured or mortgage loans that were foreclosed and were converted to real estate properties. We do not expect these investments to adversely affect our liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. Our mortgage loan portfolio consists of two categories of loans: (1) those not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement and (2) those subject to a contractual pooling and servicing agreement.

 

As of March 31, 2013, $14.3 million of mortgage loans not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. We did not foreclose on any nonperforming loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2013, $6.9 million of loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the three months ended March 31, 2013. We did not foreclose on any nonperforming loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We do not expect these investments to adversely affect our liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

It is our policy to cease to carry accrued interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is our general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. For loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement, there are certain additional restrictions and/or requirements related to workout proceedings, and as such, these loans may have different attributes and/or circumstances affecting the status of delinquency or categorization of those in nonperforming status.

 

Risk Management and Impairment Review

 

We monitor the overall credit quality of our portfolio within established guidelines. The following table includes our available-for-sale fixed maturities by credit rating as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

Rating

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

AAA

 

$

3,836,309

 

14.2

%

AA

 

1,885,505

 

7.0

 

A

 

8,753,016

 

32.3

 

BBB

 

11,050,964

 

40.8

 

Investment grade

 

25,525,794

 

94.3

 

BB

 

807,597

 

3.0

 

B

 

93,389

 

0.3

 

CCC or lower

 

670,523

 

2.4

 

Below investment grade

 

1,571,509

 

5.7

 

Total

 

$

27,097,303

 

100.0

%

 

Not included in the table above are $2.6 billion of investment grade and $367.5 million of below investment grade fixed maturities classified as trading securities and $315.0 million of fixed maturities classified as held-to-maturity.

 

Limiting bond exposure to any creditor group is another way we manage credit risk. We held no credit default swaps on the positions listed below as of March 31, 2013. The following table includes securities held in our Modco portfolio and summarizes our ten largest maturity exposures to an individual creditor group as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Fair Value of

 

 

 

 

 

Funded

 

Unfunded

 

Total

 

Creditor

 

Securities

 

Exposures

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Duke Energy Corp

 

$

213.5

 

$

 

$

213.5

 

Comcast Corp.

 

194.8

 

 

194.8

 

Nextera Energy Inc.

 

182.4

 

 

182.4

 

Exelon Corp.

 

179.7

 

 

179.7

 

Berkshire Hathaway Inc.

 

173.3

 

 

173.3

 

General Electric

 

165.7

 

 

165.7

 

Verizon Communications Inc.

 

160.2

 

 

160.2

 

JP Morgan Chase and Company

 

144.2

 

14.0

 

158.2

 

Rio Tinto

 

158.0

 

 

158.0

 

Morgan Stanley

 

150.9

 

0.6

 

151.5

 

 

Determining whether a decline in the current fair value of invested assets is an other-than-temporary decline in value is both objective and subjective, and can involve a variety of assumptions and estimates, particularly for

 

81



Table of Contents

 

investments that are not actively traded in established markets. We review our positions on a monthly basis for possible credit concerns and review our current exposure, credit enhancement, and delinquency experience.

 

Management considers a number of factors when determining the impairment status of individual securities. These include the economic condition of various industry segments and geographic locations and other areas of identified risks. Since it is possible for the impairment of one investment to affect other investments, we engage in ongoing risk management to safeguard against and limit any further risk to our investment portfolio. Special attention is given to correlative risks within specific industries, related parties, and business markets.

 

For certain securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, including RMBS, CMBS, and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”), GAAP requires us to periodically update our best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. If the fair value of a securitized financial asset is less than its cost or amortized cost and there has been a decrease in the present value of the expected cash flows since the last revised estimate, considering both timing and amount, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized. Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral. Projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral. In addition, we consider our intent and ability to retain a temporarily depressed security until recovery.

 

Securities in an unrealized loss position are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment is present based on certain quantitative and qualitative factors. We consider a number of factors in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. These include, but are not limited to: 1) actions taken by rating agencies, 2) default by the issuer, 3) the significance of the decline, 4) an assessment of our intent to sell the security (including a more likely than not assessment of whether we will be required to sell the security) before recovering the security’s amortized cost, 5) the time period during which the decline has occurred, 6) an economic analysis of the issuer’s industry, and 7) the financial strength, liquidity, and recoverability of the issuer. Management performs a security-by-security review each quarter in evaluating the need for any other-than-temporary impairments. Although no set formula is used in this process, the investment performance, collateral position, and continued viability of the issuer are significant measures considered, along with an analysis regarding our expectations for recovery of the security’s entire amortized cost basis through the receipt of future cash flows. Based on our analysis, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, we concluded that approximately $4.6 million of investment securities in an unrealized loss position was other-than-temporarily impaired, due to credit-related factors, resulting in a charge to earnings. Additionally, we recognized a $3.3 million of non-credit gains in other comprehensive income for the securities where an other-than-temporary impairment was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2013. These non-credit gains were caused by recognizing, in the current quarter, credit losses in earnings that had previously been recognized as non-credit losses in other comprehensive income.

 

There are certain risks and uncertainties associated with determining whether declines in market values are other-than-temporary. These include significant changes in general economic conditions and business markets, trends in certain industry segments, interest rate fluctuations, rating agency actions, changes in significant accounting estimates and assumptions, commission of fraud, and legislative actions. We continuously monitor these factors as they relate to the investment portfolio in determining the status of each investment.

 

We have deposits with certain financial institutions which exceed federally insured limits. We have reviewed the creditworthiness of these financial institutions and believe there is minimal risk of a material loss.

 

Certain European countries have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the continued debt crisis in Europe could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and on sovereign and non-sovereign obligations. There remains considerable uncertainty as to future developments in the European debt crisis and the impact on financial markets.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

The chart shown below includes our non-sovereign fair value exposures in these countries as of March 31, 2013. As March 31, 2013, we had no unfunded exposure and had no direct sovereign fair value exposure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gross

 

 

 

Non-sovereign Debt

 

Funded

 

Financial Instrument and Country

 

Financial

 

Non-financial

 

Exposure

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

$

386.2

 

$

407.6

 

$

793.8

 

Switzerland

 

120.9

 

199.0

 

319.9

 

France

 

69.9

 

99.1

 

169.0

 

Sweden

 

143.2

 

4.9

 

148.1

 

Netherlands

 

164.6

 

88.8

 

253.4

 

Spain

 

38.6

 

97.9

 

136.5

 

Belgium

 

 

87.4

 

87.4

 

Germany

 

27.7

 

59.3

 

87.0

 

Ireland

 

6.1

 

84.5

 

90.6

 

Luxembourg

 

 

57.0

 

57.0

 

Italy

 

 

48.2

 

48.2

 

Norway

 

 

13.9

 

13.9

 

Total securities

 

957.2

 

1,247.6

 

2,204.8

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

16.5

 

 

16.5

 

Switzerland

 

2.4

 

 

2.4

 

Total derivatives

 

18.9

 

 

18.9

 

Total securities

 

$

976.1

 

$

1,247.6

 

$

2,223.7

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Realized Gains and Losses

 

The following table sets forth realized investment gains and losses for the periods shown:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturity gains - sales

 

$

12,865

 

$

23,184

 

$

(10,319

)

Fixed maturity losses - sales

 

(556

)

(3,138

)

2,582

 

Equity gains - sales

 

1

 

 

1

 

Impairments on fixed maturity securities

 

(3,587

)

(18,740

)

15,153

 

Impairments on equity securities

 

(997

)

(24

)

(973

)

Modco trading portfolio

 

(15,328

)

18,099

 

(33,427

)

Other

 

(1,127

)

(2,419

)

1,292

 

Total realized gains (losses) - investments

 

$

(8,729

)

$

16,962

 

$

(25,691

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

(16,484

)

$

(33,406

)

$

16,922

 

Equity futures - VA

 

(23,225

)

(25,099

)

1,874

 

Currency futures - VA

 

8,083

 

(984

)

9,067

 

Volatility futures - VA

 

 

(475

)

475

 

Volatility swaps - VA

 

(10,433

)

(1,884

)

(8,549

)

Equity options - VA

 

(28,406

)

(23,872

)

(4,534

)

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,102

)

(3,519

)

(583

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

(16,556

)

(2,128

)

(14,428

)

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

80,375

 

50,167

 

30,208

 

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

(10,748

)

(41,200

)

30,452

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

16,775

 

10,706

 

6,069

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,003

 

2,037

 

(1,034

)

Interest rate caps

 

 

(2,164

)

2,164

 

Other derivatives

 

355

 

712

 

(357

)

Total realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

7,385

 

$

(29,909

)

$

37,294

 

 

Realized gains and losses on investments reflect portfolio management activities designed to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities and to enhance long-term investment portfolio performance. The change in net realized investment gains (losses), excluding impairments and Modco trading portfolio activity during the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily reflects the normal operation of our asset/liability program within the context of the changing interest rate and spread environment, as well as tax planning strategies designed to utilize capital loss carryforwards.

 

From time to time, we are required to post and obligated to return collateral related to derivative transactions. As of March 31, 2013, we had posted cash and securities (at fair value) as collateral of approximately $20.1 million and $54.6 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, we received $2.5 million of cash as collateral. We do not net the collateral posted or received with the fair value of the derivative financial instruments for reporting purposes.

 

Realized losses are comprised of both write-downs of other-than-temporary impairments and actual sales of investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recognized pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of $4.6 million due to credit-related factors, resulting in a charge to earnings. Additionally, we recognized $3.3 million of non-credit gains in other comprehensive income for the securities where an other-than-temporary impairment was recorded. These non-credit gains were caused by recognizing, in the current quarter, credit losses in earnings that had previously been recognized as non-credit losses in other comprehensive income. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recognized pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of $18.8 million. These other-than-temporary

 

84



Table of Contents

 

impairments resulted from our analysis of circumstances and our belief that credit events, loss severity, changes in credit enhancement, and/or other adverse conditions of the respective issuers have caused, or will lead to, a deficiency in the contractual cash flows related to these investments. These other-than-temporary impairments, net of Modco recoveries, are presented in the chart below:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Alt-A MBS

 

$

1.6

 

$

1.9

 

Other MBS

 

2.0

 

4.9

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

12.0

 

Sub-prime bonds

 

 

 

Equities

 

1.0

 

 

Total

 

$

4.6

 

$

18.8

 

 

As previously discussed, management considers several factors when determining other-than-temporary impairments. Although we purchase securities with the intent to hold them until maturity, we may change our position as a result of a change in circumstances. Any such decision is consistent with our classification of all but a specific portion of our investment portfolio as available-for-sale. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value of $4.0 million. For such securities, the proceeds, realized loss, and total time period that the security had been in an unrealized loss position are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Proceeds

 

% Proceeds

 

Realized Loss

 

% Realized Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

2,998

 

75.1

%

$

(31

)

5.7

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

 

 

 

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

 

 

 

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

13

 

0.3

 

(4

)

0.8

 

>1 year

 

983

 

24.6

 

(521

)

93.5

 

Total

 

$

3,994

 

100.0

%

$

(556

)

100.0

%

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $4.0 million. The loss realized on the sale of these securities was $0.6 million. The $0.6 million loss recognized on available-for-sale securities for the three months ended March 31, 2013, includes a $0.4 million loss on the sale of Countrywide.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value of $388.6 million. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $12.9 million.

 

The $1.1 million of other realized losses recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2013, consists of the decrease in the mortgage loan reserves of $1.2 million and real estate gains of $0.1 million.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net losses of $15.3 million primarily related to changes in fair value on our Modco trading portfolios were included in realized gains and losses. Of this amount, approximately $2.3 million of gains were realized through the sale of certain securities, which will be reimbursed to our reinsurance partners over time through the reinsurance settlement process for this block of business. The Modco embedded derivative associated with the trading portfolios had realized pre-tax gains of $16.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. These gains were primarily the result of credit spreads modestly tightening and a modest increase in treasury yields.

 

Realized investment gains and losses related to derivatives represent changes in their fair value during the period and termination gains/(losses) on those derivatives that were closed during the period.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

We use equity, interest rate, currency, and volatility futures to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our variable annuity products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity and interest rate markets, foreign currency levels, and overall volatility. The equity futures resulted in net pre-tax losses of $23.2 million, interest rate futures resulted in pre-tax losses of $16.5 million, currency futures resulted in net pre-tax gains of $8.1 million, and volatility futures resulted in no pre-tax gains or losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. No volatility future positions were held during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We also use equity options and volatility swaps to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our variable annuity products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity markets and overall volatility. The equity options resulted in net pre-tax losses of $28.4 million and the volatility swaps resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $10.4 million, respectively, for three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We use interest rate swaps and interest rate swaptions to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our variable annuity products. The interest rate swaps resulted in net pre-tax losses of $16.6 million and interest rate swaptions resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

The GMWB rider embedded derivative on variable deferred annuities, with the GMWB rider, had net realized gains of $80.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We use certain interest rate swaps to mitigate the price volatility of fixed maturities. These positions resulted in net pre-tax gains of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The pre-tax gains were primarily the result of $1.0 million in unrealized gains during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We purchased interest rate caps during 2011, to mitigate our credit risk with respect to our LIBOR exposure and the potential impact of European financial market distress. These caps resulted in insignificant pre-tax losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

We also use various swaps and other types of derivatives to mitigate risk related to other exposures. These contracts generated net pre-tax gains of $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

Unrealized Gains and Losses – Available-for-Sale Securities

 

The information presented below relates to investments at a certain point in time and is not necessarily indicative of the status of the portfolio at any time after March 31, 2013, the balance sheet date. Information about unrealized gains and losses is subject to rapidly changing conditions, including volatility of financial markets and changes in interest rates. Management considers a number of factors in determining if an unrealized loss is other-than-temporary, including the expected cash to be collected and the intent, likelihood, and/or ability to hold the security until recovery. Consistent with our long-standing practice, we do not utilize a “bright line test” to determine other-than-temporary impairments. On a quarterly basis, we perform an analysis on every security with an unrealized loss to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. This analysis includes reviewing several metrics including collateral, expected cash flows, ratings, and liquidity. Furthermore, since the timing of recognizing realized gains and losses is largely based on management’s decisions as to the timing and selection of investments to be sold, the tables and information provided below should be considered within the context of the overall unrealized gain/(loss) position of the portfolio. We had an overall net unrealized gain of $2.9 billion, prior to tax and DAC offsets, as of March 31, 2013, and an overall net unrealized gain of $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2012.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

For fixed maturity and equity securities held that are in an unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2013, the fair value, amortized cost, unrealized loss, and total time period that the security has been in an unrealized loss position are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

1,698,003

 

56.3

%

$

1,765,089

 

54.9

%

$

(67,086

)

33.5

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

216,371

 

7.2

 

225,428

 

7.0

 

(9,057

)

4.5

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

74,760

 

2.5

 

83,582

 

2.6

 

(8,822

)

4.4

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

8,539

 

0.3

 

8,825

 

0.3

 

(286

)

0.1

 

>1 year but <= 2 years

 

566,196

 

18.8

 

631,433

 

19.6

 

(65,237

)

32.6

 

>2 years but <= 3 years

 

48,678

 

1.6

 

51,423

 

1.6

 

(2,745

)

1.4

 

>3 years but <= 4 years

 

5,330

 

0.2

 

6,657

 

0.2

 

(1,327

)

0.7

 

>4 years but <= 5 years

 

19,323

 

0.6

 

20,955

 

0.7

 

(1,632

)

0.8

 

>5 years

 

380,783

 

12.5

 

424,614

 

13.1

 

(43,831

)

22.0

 

Total

 

$

3,017,983

 

100.0

%

$

3,218,006

 

100.0

%

$

(200,023

)

100.0

%

 

The majority of the unrealized loss as of March 31, 2013 for both investment grade and below investment grade securities is attributable to a widening in credit and mortgage spreads for certain securities. The negative impact of spread levels for certain securities was partially offset by lower treasury yield levels and the associated positive effect on security prices. Spread levels have improved since December 31, 2012. However, certain types of securities, including tranches of RMBS and ABS, continue to be priced at a level which has caused the unrealized losses noted above. We believe spread levels on these RMBS and ABS are largely due to uncertainties regarding future performance of the underlying mortgage loans and/or assets.

 

As of March 31, 2013, the Barclays Investment Grade Index was priced at 129.7 bps versus a 10 year average of 156.9 bps. Similarly, the Barclays High Yield Index was priced at 456.7 bps versus a 10 year average of 568.2 bps. As of March 31, 2013, the five, ten, and thirty-year U.S. Treasury obligations were trading at levels of 0.765%, 1.850%, and 3.103%, as compared to 10 year averages of 2.820%, 3.610%, and 4.323%, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2013, 61.9% of the unrealized loss was associated with securities that were rated investment grade. We have examined the performance of the underlying collateral and cash flows and expect that our investments will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms. Factors such as credit enhancements within the deal structures and the underlying collateral performance/characteristics support the recoverability of the investments. Based on the factors discussed, we do not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary. However, from time to time, we may sell securities in the ordinary course of managing our portfolio to meet diversification, credit quality, yield enhancement, asset/liability management, and liquidity requirements.

 

Expectations that investments in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on assumptions a market participant would use in determining the current fair value. It is reasonably possible that the underlying collateral of these investments will perform worse than current market expectations and that such an event may lead to adverse changes in the cash flows on our holdings of these types of securities. This could lead to potential future write-downs within our portfolio of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Expectations that our investments in corporate securities and/or debt obligations will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through our normal credit surveillance process. Although we do not anticipate such events, it is reasonably possible that issuers of our investments in corporate securities will perform worse than current expectations. Such events may lead us to recognize potential future write-downs within our portfolio of corporate securities. It is also possible that such unanticipated events would lead us to dispose of those certain holdings and recognize the effects of any such market movements in our financial statements.

 

As of March 31, 2013, there were estimated gross unrealized losses of $14.3 million related to our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans. Gross unrealized losses in our securities collateralized by Alt-A residential mortgage loans as of March 31, 2013, were primarily the result of continued widening spreads,

 

87



Table of Contents

 

representing marketplace uncertainty arising from higher defaults in Alt-A residential mortgage loans and rating agency downgrades of securities collateralized by Alt-A residential mortgage loans.

 

We have no material concentrations of issuers or guarantors of fixed maturity securities. The industry segment composition of all securities in an unrealized loss position held as of March 31, 2013, is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Banking

 

$

272,551

 

9.0

%

$

285,307

 

8.9

%

$

(12,756

)

6.4

%

Other finance

 

19,628

 

0.7

 

20,231

 

0.6

 

(603

)

0.3

 

Electric

 

162,204

 

5.4

 

170,034

 

5.3

 

(7,830

)

3.9

 

Natural gas

 

138,054

 

4.6

 

145,803

 

4.5

 

(7,749

)

3.9

 

Insurance

 

92,596

 

3.1

 

99,907

 

3.1

 

(7,311

)

3.7

 

Energy

 

79,397

 

2.6

 

82,634

 

2.6

 

(3,237

)

1.6

 

Communications

 

67,242

 

2.2

 

70,869

 

2.2

 

(3,627

)

1.8

 

Basic industrial

 

190,340

 

6.3

 

196,617

 

6.1

 

(6,277

)

3.1

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

290,332

 

9.6

 

300,054

 

9.3

 

(9,722

)

4.9

 

Consumer cyclical

 

144,553

 

4.8

 

148,547

 

4.6

 

(3,994

)

2.0

 

Finance companies

 

33,145

 

1.1

 

33,984

 

1.1

 

(839

)

0.4

 

Capital goods

 

63,997

 

2.1

 

66,508

 

2.1

 

(2,511

)

1.3

 

Transportation

 

20,054

 

0.7

 

20,131

 

0.6

 

(77

)

 

Other industrial

 

34,446

 

1.1

 

34,952

 

1.1

 

(506

)

0.3

 

Brokerage

 

9,825

 

0.3

 

9,985

 

0.3

 

(160

)

0.1

 

Technology

 

87,313

 

2.9

 

90,739

 

2.8

 

(3,426

)

1.7

 

Real estate

 

606

 

 

631

 

 

(25

)

 

Other utility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

112,880

 

3.7

 

114,965

 

3.6

 

(2,085

)

1.0

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

677,158

 

22.4

 

761,497

 

23.7

 

(84,339

)

42.2

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

204,564

 

6.8

 

245,000

 

7.6

 

(40,436

)

20.2

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

25,121

 

0.8

 

25,624

 

0.8

 

(503

)

0.3

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

256,836

 

8.5

 

258,559

 

8.0

 

(1,723

)

0.8

 

Other government-related securities

 

23,620

 

0.8

 

23,638

 

0.7

 

(18

)

 

States, municipals, and political divisions

 

11,521

 

0.5

 

11,790

 

0.4

 

(269

)

0.1

 

Total

 

$

3,017,983

 

100.0

%

$

3,218,006

 

100.0

%

$

(200,023

)

100.0

%

 

88



Table of Contents

 

The percentage of our unrealized loss positions, segregated by industry segment, is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

6.4

%

10.2

%

Other finance

 

0.3

 

0.5

 

Electric

 

3.9

 

6.6

 

Natural gas

 

3.9

 

4.1

 

Insurance

 

3.7

 

7.3

 

Energy

 

1.6

 

0.3

 

Communications

 

1.8

 

0.4

 

Basic industrial

 

3.1

 

3.2

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

4.9

 

2.7

 

Consumer cyclical

 

2.0

 

0.8

 

Finance companies

 

0.4

 

1.7

 

Capital goods

 

1.3

 

2.0

 

Transportation

 

 

 

Other industrial

 

0.3

 

0.2

 

Brokerage

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Technology

 

1.7

 

1.0

 

Real estate

 

 

 

Other utility

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1.0

 

0.4

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

42.2

 

43.9

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

20.2

 

13.7

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

0.3

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political divisions

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The range of maturity dates for securities in an unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2013, varies, with 6.6% maturing in less than 5 years, 24.3% maturing between 5 and 10 years, and 69.1% maturing after 10 years. The following table shows the credit rating of securities in an unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2013:

 

S&P or Equivalent

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

Designation

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

AAA/AA/A

 

$

1,706,864

 

56.6

%

$

1,808,584

 

56.2

%

$

(101,720

)

50.9

%

BBB

 

734,778

 

24.3

 

756,690

 

23.5

 

(21,912

)

11.0

 

Investment grade

 

2,441,642

 

80.9

 

2,565,274

 

79.7

 

(123,632

)

61.9

 

BB

 

177,865

 

5.9

 

190,818

 

5.9

 

(12,953

)

6.5

 

B

 

10,325

 

0.3

 

11,369

 

0.4

 

(1,044

)

0.5

 

CCC or lower

 

388,150

 

12.9

 

450,544

 

14.0

 

(62,394

)

31.1

 

Below investment grade

 

576,340

 

19.1

 

652,731

 

20.3

 

(76,391

)

38.1

 

Total

 

$

3,017,982

 

100.0

%

$

3,218,005

 

100.0

%

$

(200,023

)

100.0

%

 

As of March 31, 2013, we held a total of 329 positions that were in an unrealized loss position. Included in that amount were 121 positions of below investment grade securities with a fair value of $576.3 million that were in an unrealized loss position. Total unrealized losses related to below investment grade securities were $76.4 million, of

 

89



Table of Contents

 

which $40.5 million had been in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. Below investment grade securities in an unrealized loss position were 1.6% of invested assets.

 

As of March 31, 2013, securities in an unrealized loss position that were rated as below investment grade represented 19.1% of the total fair value and 38.1% of the total unrealized loss. We have the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity. After a review of each security and its expected cash flows, we believe the decline in market value to be temporary. As of March 31, 2013, total unrealized losses for all securities in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months were $114.8 million. A widening of credit spreads is estimated to account for unrealized losses of $381.0 million, with changes in treasury rates offsetting this loss by an estimated $266.2 million.

 

The majority of our RMBS holdings as of March 31, 2013, were super senior or senior bonds in the capital structure. Our total non-agency portfolio has a weighted-average life of 3.45 years. The following table categorizes the weighted-average life for our non-agency portfolio, by category of material holdings, as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Non-agency portfolio

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Prime

 

2.50

 

Alt-A

 

4.88

 

 

The following table includes the fair value, amortized cost, unrealized loss, and total time period that the security has been in an unrealized loss position for all below investment grade securities as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

206,426

 

35.8

%

$

237,448

 

36.4

%

$

(31,022

)

40.6

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

1,266

 

0.2

 

1,282

 

0.2

 

(16

)

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

12,500

 

2.2

 

17,387

 

2.7

 

(4,887

)

6.4

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

 

 

5

 

 

(5

)

 

>1 year but <= 2 years

 

113,568

 

19.7

 

127,915

 

19.6

 

(14,347

)

18.8

 

>2 years but <= 3 years

 

18,017

 

3.1

 

18,814

 

2.9

 

(797

)

1.0

 

>3 years but <= 4 years

 

5,330

 

0.9

 

6,657

 

1.0

 

(1,327

)

1.7

 

>4 years but <= 5 years

 

19,294

 

3.3

 

20,884

 

3.2

 

(1,590

)

2.1

 

>5 years

 

199,939

 

34.8

 

222,339

 

34.0

 

(22,400

)

29.4

 

Total

 

$

576,340

 

100.0

%

$

652,731

 

100.0

%

$

(76,391

)

100.0

%

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet its needs. We meet our liquidity requirements primarily through positive cash flows from our operating subsidiaries. Primary sources of cash from the operating subsidiaries are premiums, deposits for policyholder accounts, investment sales and maturities, and investment income. Primary uses of cash for the operating subsidiaries include benefit payments, withdrawals from policyholder accounts, investment purchases, policy acquisition costs, and other operating expenses. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to fund our cash needs under normal operating scenarios.

 

In the event of significant unanticipated cash requirements beyond our normal liquidity needs, we have additional sources of liquidity available depending on market conditions and the amount and timing of the liquidity need. These additional sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations, the sale of liquid assets, accessing our credit facility, and other sources described herein.

 

Our decision to sell investment assets could be impacted by accounting rules, including rules relating to the likelihood of a requirement to sell securities before recovery of our cost basis. Under stressful market and economic

 

90



Table of Contents

 

conditions, liquidity may broadly deteriorate which could negatively impact our ability to sell investment assets. If we require on short notice significant amounts of cash in excess of normal requirements, we may have difficulty selling investment assets in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both.

 

While we anticipate that the cash flows of our operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet our investment commitments and operating cash needs in a normal credit market environment, we recognize that investment commitments scheduled to be funded may, from time to time, exceed the funds then available. Therefore, we have established repurchase agreement programs for certain of our insurance subsidiaries to provide liquidity when needed. We expect that the rate received on our investments will equal or exceed our borrowing rate. Under this program, we may, from time to time, sell an investment security at a specific price and agree to repurchase that security at another specified price at a later date. These borrowings are for a term less than ninety days. The market value of securities to be repurchased is monitored and collateral levels are adjusted where appropriate to protect the counterparty against credit exposure. Cash received is invested in fixed maturity securities, and the agreements provide for net settlement in the event of default or on termination of the agreements. As of March 31, 2013, the fair value of securities pledged under the repurchase program was $337.7 million and the repurchase obligation of $300.0 million was included in our consolidated condensed balance sheets (at an average borrowing rate of 12 basis points). During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $472.3 million. The average daily balance was $372.7 million (at an average borrowing rate of 14 basis points) during the three months ended March 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, we had a $150.0 million outstanding balance related to such borrowings. During 2012, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $425.0 million. The average daily balance was $266.3 million (at an average borrowing rate of 14 basis points) during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Additionally, we may, from time to time, sell short-duration stable value products to complement our cash management practices. Depending on market conditions, we may also use securitization transactions involving our commercial mortgage loans to increase liquidity for the operating subsidiaries.

 

Credit Facility

 

We have access to a Credit Facility that provides the ability to borrow on an unsecured basis up to an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. We have the right in certain circumstances to request that the commitment under the Credit Facility be increased up to a maximum principal amount of $1.0 billion. Balances outstanding under the Credit Facility accrue interest at a rate equal to, at the option of the Borrowers, (i) LIBOR plus a spread based on the ratings of our senior unsecured long-term debt (“Senior Debt”), or (ii) the sum of (A) a rate equal to the highest of (x) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (y) 0.50% above the Federal Funds rate, or (z) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (B) a spread based on the ratings of our Senior Debt. The Credit Facility also provides for a facility fee at a rate, currently 0.175%, that varies with the ratings of our Senior Debt and that is calculated on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Credit Facility, whether used or unused. The maturity date on the Credit Facility is July 17, 2017. We were not aware of any non-compliance with the financial debt covenants of the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013. There was an outstanding balance of $40.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20% under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013.

 

Sources and Use of Cash

 

Our primary sources of funding are dividends from our operating subsidiaries; revenues from investments, data processing, legal, and management services rendered to subsidiaries; investment income; and external financing. These sources of cash support our general corporate needs including our common stock dividends and debt service. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay us dividends. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and/or surplus. Generally, these restrictions pose no short-term liquidity concerns. We plan to retain portions of the earnings of our insurance subsidiaries in those companies primarily to support their future growth.

 

We are a member of the FHLB of Cincinnati. FHLB advances provide an attractive funding source for short-term borrowing and for the sale of funding agreements. Membership in the FHLB requires that we purchase FHLB capital stock based on a minimum requirement and a percentage of the dollar amount of advances outstanding. Our borrowing capacity is determined by the following factors: 1) total advance capacity is limited to the lower of 50% of

 

91



Table of Contents

 

total assets or 100% of mortgage-related assets of Protective Life Insurance Company, our largest insurance subsidiary, 2) ownership of appropriate capital and activity stock to support continued membership in the FHLB and current and future advances, and 3) the availability of adequate eligible mortgage or treasury/agency collateral to back current and future advances.

 

We held $64.6 million of FHLB common stock as of March 31, 2013, which is included in equity securities. In addition, our obligations under the advances must be collateralized. We maintain control over any such pledged assets, including the right of substitution. As of March 31, 2013, we had $922.2 million of funding agreement-related advances and accrued interest outstanding under the FHLB program.

 

As of March 31, 2013, we reported approximately $607.7 million (fair value) of Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) in non-Modco portfolios. As of March 31, 2013, 100% of these ARS were rated Aaa/AA+. While the auction rate market has experienced liquidity constraints, we believe that based on our current liquidity position and our operating cash flows, any lack of liquidity in the ARS market will not have a material impact on our liquidity, financial condition, or cash flows.

 

All of the auction rate securities held, on a consolidated basis, in non-Modco portfolios as of March 31, 2013, were student loan-backed auction rate securities, for which the underlying collateral is at least 97% guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). As there is no active market for these auction rate securities, we use a valuation model, which incorporates, among other inputs, the contractual terms of each indenture and current valuation information from actively-traded asset-backed securities with comparable underlying assets (i.e. FFELP-backed student loans) and vintage.

 

We use an income approach valuation model to determine the fair value of our student loan-backed auction rate securities. Specifically, a discounted cash flow method is used. The expected yield on the auction rate securities is estimated for each coupon date, based on the contractual terms on each indenture. The estimated market yield is based on comparable securities with observable yields and an additional yield spread for illiquidity of auction rate securities in the current market.

 

The auction rate securities held in non-Modco portfolios are classified as a Level 2 or Level 3 valuation. An unrealized loss of $72.0 million and $44.0 million was recorded as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and we have not recorded any other-than-temporary impairment because the underlying collateral for each of the auction rate securities is at least 97% guaranteed by the FFELP and there are subordinate tranches within each of these auction rate security issuances that would support the senior tranches in the event of default. In the event of a complete and total default by all underlying student loans, the principal shortfall, in excess of the 97% FFELP guarantee, would be absorbed by the subordinate tranches. Our credit exposure is to the FFELP guarantee, not the underlying student loans. At this time, we have no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary. In addition, we do not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering our amortized cost of these securities. Therefore, we believe that no other-than-temporary impairment has been experienced.

 

The liquidity requirements of our regulated insurance subsidiaries primarily relate to the liabilities associated with their various insurance and investment products, operating expenses, and income taxes. Liabilities arising from insurance and investment products include the payment of policyholder benefits, as well as cash payments in connection with policy surrenders and withdrawals, policy loans, and obligations to redeem funding agreements.

 

Our insurance subsidiaries maintain investment strategies intended to provide adequate funds to pay benefits and expected surrenders, withdrawals, loans, and redemption obligations without forced sales of investments. In addition, our insurance subsidiaries hold highly liquid, high-quality short-term investment securities and other liquid investment grade fixed maturity securities to fund our expected operating expenses, surrenders, and withdrawals. As of March 31, 2013, our total cash and invested assets were $37.3 billion. The life insurance subsidiaries were committed as of March 31, 2013, to fund mortgage loans in the amount of $257.6 million.

 

Our positive cash flows from operations are used to fund an investment portfolio that provides for future benefit payments. We employ a formal asset/liability program to manage the cash flows of our investment portfolio relative to our long-term benefit obligations. Our insurance subsidiaries held approximately $331.7 million in cash and

 

92



Table of Contents

 

short-term investments as of March 31, 2013, and we held $64.6 million in cash available for general corporate purposes.

 

The following chart includes the cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing, and financing activities for the following periods:

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

97,076

 

$

32,023

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(391,860

)

(151,080

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

201,086

 

27,112

 

Total

 

$

(93,698

)

$

(91,945

)

 

For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 as compared to The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

Net cash provided by operating activities - Cash flows from operating activities are affected by the timing of premiums received, fees received, investment income, and expenses paid. Principal sources of cash include sales of our products and services. We typically generate positive cash flows from operating activities, as premiums and deposits collected from our insurance and investment products exceed benefit payments and redemptions, and we invest the excess. Accordingly, in analyzing our cash flows we focus on the change in the amount of cash available and used in investing activities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities - Changes in cash from investing activities primarily related to the activity in our investment portfolio.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities - Changes in cash from financing activities included $150.0 million inflows from repurchase program borrowings as compared to $221.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and $65.2 million inflows of investment product and universal life net activity, as compared to $0.9 million of outflows in the prior year. Net activity related to credit facility repayment of borrowings resulted in outflows of $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to net outflows of $40.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net issuances of non-recourse funding obligations equaled $10.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to repurchases of $110.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. In addition, we did not repurchase any common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to repurchases of $26.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Capital Resources

 

To give us flexibility in connection with future acquisitions and other funding needs, we have debt securities, preferred and common stock, and additional preferred securities of special purpose finance subsidiaries registered under the Securities Act of 1933 on a delayed (or shelf) basis. Additionally, the Company has access to the Credit Facility previously mentioned.

 

Golden Gate Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate”), a South Carolina special purpose financial captive insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, had three series of Surplus Notes with a total outstanding balance of $800 million as of March 31, 2013. We hold the entire outstanding balance of Surplus Notes. The Series A1 Surplus Notes have a balance of $400 million and accrue interest at 7.375%, the Series A2 Surplus Notes have a balance of $100 million and accrue interest at 8%, and the Series A3 Surplus Notes have a balance of $300 million and accrue interest at 8.45%.

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate II”), a special purpose financial captive insurance company wholly owned by PLICO, had $575.0 million of outstanding non-recourse funding obligations as of March 31, 2013. These outstanding non-recourse funding obligations were issued to special purpose trusts, which in turn

 

93



Table of Contents

 

issued securities to third parties. Certain of our affiliates own a portion of these securities. As of March 31, 2013, securities related to $281.0 million of the outstanding balance of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by external parties and securities related to $294.0 million of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by our affiliates. These non-recourse funding obligations mature in 2052. $275 million of this amount is currently accruing interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 30 basis points. We have experienced higher borrowing costs than were originally expected associated with $300 million of our non-recourse funding obligations supporting the business reinsured to Golden Gate II. These higher costs are the result of a higher spread component of interest expense associated with the illiquidity of the current market for auction rate securities, as well as a rating downgrade of our guarantor by certain rating agencies. The current rate associated with these obligations is LIBOR plus 200 basis points, which is the maximum rate we can be required to pay under these obligations. We have contingent approval to issue an additional $100 million of obligations. Under the terms of the non-recourse funding obligations, the special purpose trusts, as holders of the non-recourse funding obligations, cannot require repayment from us or any of our subsidiaries, other than Golden Gate II, the direct issuer of the non-recourse funding obligations, although we have agreed to indemnify Golden Gate II for certain costs and obligations (which obligations do not include payment of principal and interest on the surplus notes). In addition, we have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate II obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate II’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate II.

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate III”), a Vermont special purpose financial captive insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement (the “Reimbursement Agreement”) with UBS AG, Stamford Branch (“UBS”), as issuing lender. Under the original Reimbursement Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, UBS issued a letter of credit (the “LOC”) in the initial amount of $505 million to a trust for the benefit of West Coast Life Insurance Company (“WCL”). The Reimbursement Agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective November 21, 2011, to replace the existing LOC with one or more letters of credit from UBS, and to extend the maturity date from April 1, 2018, to April 1, 2022. The LOC balance was $580 million as of March 31, 2013. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $610 million in 2013. The term of the LOC is expected to be 12 years, subject to certain conditions including capital contributions made to Golden Gate III by one of its affiliates. The LOC was issued to support certain obligations of Golden Gate III to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate IV are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. We have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate III obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate III’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate III.

 

Golden Gate IV Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate IV”), a Vermont special purpose financial captive insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender. Under the Reimbursement Agreement, dated December 10, 2010, UBS issued an LOC in the initial amount of $270 million to a trust for the benefit of WCL.  The LOC balance has increased, in accordance with the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement, during the first quarter of 2013 and was $655 million as of March 31, 2013. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $790 million in 2016. The term of the LOC is expected to be 12 years.  The LOC was issued to support certain obligations of Golden Gate IV to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL, PLICO, and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate IV are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. We have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate IV obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate IV’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate IV.

 

On October 10, 2012, Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate V”) and Red Mountain, LLC (“Red Mountain”), indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a 20-year transaction to finance up to $945 million of “AXXX” reserves related to a block of universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued by our direct wholly owned subsidiary PLICO and indirect wholly owned subsidiary, WCL. Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain, and Red Mountain issued a note with an initial principal amount of $275 million, increasing to a maximum of $945 million in 2027, to Golden Gate V for deposit to a reinsurance trust supporting Golden Gate V’s obligations under a reinsurance agreement with WCL, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. Through the structure, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“Hannover Re”), the ultimate risk

 

94



Table of Contents

 

taker in the transaction, provides credit enhancement to the Red Mountain note for the 20-year term in exchange for a fee. The transaction is “non-recourse” to Golden Gate V, Red Mountain, WCL, PLICO and the Company, meaning that none of these companies are liable for the reimbursement of any credit enhancement payments required to be made. As of March 31, 2013, the principal balance of the Red Mountain note was $315 million. In connection with the transaction, we have entered into certain support agreements under which we guarantee or otherwise support certain obligations of Golden Gate V and Red Mountain.

 

A life insurance company’s statutory capital is computed according to rules prescribed by the NAIC, as modified by state law. Generally speaking, other states in which a company does business defer to the interpretation of the domiciliary state with respect to NAIC rules, unless inconsistent with the other state’s regulations. Statutory accounting rules are different from GAAP and are intended to reflect a more conservative view, for example, requiring immediate expensing of policy acquisition costs. The NAIC’s risk-based capital requirements require insurance companies to calculate and report information under a risk-based capital formula. The achievement of long-term growth will require growth in the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries. The subsidiaries may secure additional statutory capital through various sources, such as retained statutory earnings or our equity contributions. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written notice to the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner objects to the dividend prior to the expiration of such period. Dividends in larger amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as an ordinary dividend to us from our insurance subsidiaries in 2013 is estimated to be $469.3 million.

 

State insurance regulators and the NAIC have adopted risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements for life insurance companies to evaluate the adequacy of statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment and insurance risks. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory surplus appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. A company’s risk-based statutory surplus is calculated by applying factors and performing calculations relating to various asset, premium, claim, expense, and reserve items. Regulators can then measure the adequacy of a company’s statutory surplus by comparing it to the RBC. We manage our capital consumption by using the ratio of our total adjusted capital, as defined by the insurance regulators, to our company action level RBC (known as the RBC ratio), also as defined by insurance regulators.

 

Statutory reserves established for variable annuity contracts are sensitive to changes in the equity markets and are affected by the level of account values relative to the level of any guarantees and product design. As a result, the relationship between reserve changes and equity market performance may be non-linear during any given reporting period. Market conditions greatly influence the capital required due to their impact on the valuation of reserves and derivative investments mitigating the risk in these reserves. Risk mitigation activities may result in material and sometimes counterintuitive impacts on statutory surplus and RBC ratio. Notably, as changes in these market and non-market factors occur, both our potential obligation and the related statutory reserves and/or required capital can vary at a non-linear rate.

 

In an effort to mitigate the equity market risks discussed above relative to our RBC ratio, in the fourth quarter of 2012, we established an indirect wholly owned insurance subsidiary, Shades Creek Captive Insurance Company (“Shades Creek”), to which PLICO has reinsured GMWB and GMDB riders related to its variable annuity contracts. The purpose of Shades Creek is to reduce the volatility in RBC due to non-economic variables included within the RBC calculation.

 

During 2012, we entered into an intercompany capital support agreement with Shades Creek. The agreement provides through a guarantee that we will contribute assets or purchase surplus notes (or cause an affiliate or third party to contribute assets or purchase surplus notes) in amounts necessary for Shades Creek’s regulatory capital levels to equal or exceed minimum thresholds as defined by the agreement. As of March 31, 2013, Shades Creek maintained capital levels in excess of the required minimum thresholds. The maximum potential future payment amount which could be required under the capital support agreement will be dependent on numerous factors, including the performance of equity markets, the level of interest rates, performance of associated hedges, and related policyholder behavior. As of April 1, 2013, Shades Creek became a direct wholly owned insurance subsidiary of the Company.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

On April 10, 2013, PLICO entered into an agreement with AXA Financial, Inc. (“AXA”) and AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC to acquire the stock of MONY Life Insurance Company (“MONY”) from AXA and to enter into a reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) which will reinsure certain business of MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MLOA”). The aggregate purchase price for MONY and the reinsured business is expected to be approximately $1.06 billion. The purchase price includes approximately $303 million of adjusted statutory capital and surplus and approximately $60 million of deferred tax assets. The estimated initial capital investment is expected to be approximately $1.09 billion which includes certain RBC and tax impacts related to the transaction.

 

We cede material amounts of insurance and transfer related assets to other insurance companies through reinsurance. However, notwithstanding the transfer of related assets, we remain liable with respect to ceded insurance should any reinsurer fail to meet the obligations that it assumed. We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor the associated concentration of credit risk. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we ceded premiums to unaffiliated third party reinsurers amounting to $335.4 million. In addition, we had receivables from unaffiliated reinsurers amounting to $5.8 billion as of March 31, 2013. We review reinsurance receivable amounts for collectability and establish bad debt reserves if deemed appropriate.

 

Ratings

 

Various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“rating organizations”) review the financial performance and condition of insurers, including our insurance subsidiaries, and publish their financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurer’s ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations. These ratings are important to maintaining public confidence in an insurer’s products, its ability to market its products and its competitive position. The following table summarizes the financial strength ratings of our significant member companies from the major independent rating organizations as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard &

 

 

Ratings

 

A.M. Best

 

Fitch

 

Poor’s

 

Moody’s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance company financial strength rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

A2

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

A2

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

Lyndon Property Insurance Company

 

A-

 

 

 

 

Our ratings are subject to review and change by the rating organizations at any time and without notice. A downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect sales, relationships with distributors, the level of policy surrenders and withdrawals, competitive position in the marketplace, and the cost or availability of reinsurance.

 

Rating organizations also publish credit ratings for the issuers of debt securities, including the Company. Credit ratings are indicators of a debt issuer’s ability to meet the terms of debt obligations in a timely manner. These ratings are important in the debt issuer’s overall ability to access credit markets and other types of liquidity. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our securities or products. A downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to our credit rating could limit our access to capital markets, increase the cost of issuing debt, and a downgrade of sufficient magnitude, combined with other negative factors, could require us to post collateral.

 

LIABILITIES

 

Many of our products contain surrender charges and other features that are designed to reward persistency and penalize the early withdrawal of funds. Certain stable value and annuity contracts have market-value adjustments that protect us against investment losses if interest rates are higher at the time of surrender than at the time of issue.

 

As of March 31, 2013, we had policy liabilities and accruals of approximately $23.2 billion. Our interest-sensitive life insurance policies have a weighted average minimum credited interest rate of approximately 3.54%.

 

96



Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We enter into various obligations to third parties in the ordinary course of our operations. However, we do not believe that our cash flow requirements can be assessed solely based upon an analysis of these obligations. The most significant factors affecting our future cash flows are our ability to earn and collect cash from our customers, and the cash flows arising from our investment program. Future cash outflows, whether they are contractual obligations or not, will also vary based upon our future needs. Although some outflows are fixed, others depend on future events. Examples of fixed obligations include our obligations to pay principal and interest on fixed-rate borrowings. Examples of obligations that will vary include obligations to pay interest on variable-rate borrowings and insurance liabilities that depend on future interest rates, market performance, or surrender provisions. Many of our obligations are linked to cash-generating contracts. In addition, our operations involve significant expenditures that are not based upon contractual obligations. These include expenditures for income taxes and payroll.

 

As of March 31, 2013, we carried a $79.5 million liability for uncertain tax positions, including interest on unrecognized tax benefits. These amounts are not included in the long-term contractual obligations table because of the difficulty in making reasonably reliable estimates of the occurrence or timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities.

 

The table below sets forth future maturities of our contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Debt(1)

 

$

2,409,934

 

$

332,118

 

$

300,294

 

$

333,629

 

$

1,443,893

 

Non-recourse funding obligations(2)

 

2,276,502

 

24,422

 

61,840

 

77,990

 

2,112,250

 

Subordinated debt securities(3)

 

1,460,234

 

33,283

 

66,566

 

66,566

 

1,293,819

 

Stable value products(4)

 

2,623,261

 

415,182

 

1,530,043

 

610,854

 

67,182

 

Operating leases(5)

 

18,602

 

5,758

 

9,395

 

3,142

 

307

 

Home office lease(6)

 

75,578

 

75,578

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loan and investment commitments

 

266,002

 

266,002

 

 

 

 

Repurchase program borrowings(7)

 

300,003

 

300,003

 

 

 

 

Policyholder obligations(8)

 

29,804,111

 

2,773,621

 

3,825,559

 

3,064,622

 

20,140,309

 

Total(9)

 

$

39,234,227

 

$

4,225,967

 

$

5,793,697

 

$

4,156,803

 

$

25,057,760

 

 


(1)  Debt includes all principal amounts owed on note agreements and expected interest payments due over the term of the notes.

(2)  Non-recourse funding obligations include all undiscounted principal amounts owed and expected future interest payments due over the term of the notes. Of the total undiscounted cash flows, $1.9 billion relates to the Golden Gate V transaction. These cash out flows are matched and predominantly offset by the cash in flows Golden Gate V receives from notes issued by a nonconsolidated variable interest entity. The remaining amounts are associated with the Golden Gate II notes outstanding and held by third parties.

(3)  Subordinated debt securities includes all principal amounts and interest payments due over the term of the obligations.

(4)  Anticipated stable value products cash flows including interest.

(5)  Includes all lease payments required under operating lease agreements.

(6)  The lease payments shown assume we exercise our option to purchase the building at the end of the lease term. Additionally, the payments due by the periods above were computed based on the terms of the renegotiated lease agreement, which was entered in January 2007.

(7)  Represents secured borrowings as part of our repurchase program as well as related interest.

(8)  Estimated contractual policyholder obligations are based on mortality, morbidity, and lapse assumptions comparable to our historical experience, modified for recent observed trends. These obligations are based on current balance sheet values and include expected interest crediting, but do not incorporate an expectation of future market growth, or future deposits. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, the amounts presented could materially differ from actual results. As variable separate account obligations are legally insulated from general account obligations, the variable separate account obligations will be fully funded by cash flows from variable separate account assets. We expect to fully fund the general account obligations from cash flows from general account investments.

(9)  Excluded from this table are certain pension obligations.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

FASB guidance defines fair value for GAAP and establishes a framework for measuring fair value as well as a fair value hierarchy based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The term “fair value” in this document is defined in accordance with GAAP. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. For more information, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 13, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

 

Available-for-sale securities and trading account securities are recorded at fair value, which is primarily based on actively traded markets where prices are based on either direct market quotes or observed transactions. Liquidity is a significant factor in the determination of the fair value for these securities. Market price quotes may not be readily available for some positions or for some positions within a market sector where trading activity has slowed significantly or ceased. These situations are generally triggered by the market’s perception of credit uncertainty regarding a single company or a specific market sector. In these instances, fair value is determined based on limited available market information and other factors, principally from reviewing the issuer’s financial position, changes in credit ratings, and cash flows on the investments. As of March 31, 2013, $855.5 million of available-for-sale and trading account assets, excluding other long-term investments, were classified as Level 3 fair value assets.

 

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities include adjustments for market liquidity, counterparty credit quality, and other deal specific factors, where appropriate. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities traded in the over-the-counter market are determined using quantitative models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates, prices, and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves and volatility factors. The predominance of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources. Estimation risk is greater for derivative financial instruments that are either option-based or have longer maturity dates where observable market inputs are less readily available or are unobservable, in which case quantitative based extrapolations of rate, price, or index scenarios are used in determining fair values. As of March 31, 2013, the Level 3 fair values of derivative assets and liabilities determined by these quantitative models were $57.1 million and $539.8 million, respectively.

 

The liabilities of certain of our annuity account balances are calculated at fair value using actuarial valuation models. These models use various observable and unobservable inputs including projected future cash flows, policyholder behavior, our credit rating, and other market conditions. As of March 31, 2013, the Level 3 fair value of these liabilities was $123.7 million.

 

For securities that are priced via non-binding independent broker quotations, we assess whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through an analysis using internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. We use a market-based cash flow analysis to validate the reasonableness of prices received from independent brokers. These analytics, which are updated daily, incorporate various metrics (yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment rates, etc.) to determine the valuation of such holdings. As a result of this analysis, if we determine there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the analytics, the price received from the independent broker is adjusted accordingly.

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Of our $912.6 million, or 2.2%, of total assets (measured at fair value on a recurring basis) classified as Level 3 assets, $632.1 million were ABS. Of this amount, $585.6 million were student loan related ABS and $46.5 million were non-student loan related ABS. The years of issuance of the ABS are as follows:

 

Year of Issuance

 

Amount

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

2002

 

$

267.8

 

2003

 

106.4

 

2004

 

111.6

 

2005

 

5.4

 

2006

 

21.8

 

2007

 

112.4

 

2012

 

6.7

 

Total

 

$

632.1

 

 

The ABS was rated as follows: $486.1 million were AAA rated, $117.4 million were AA rated, $26.9 million were A rated, $0.1 million were BBB rated, and $1.6 million were less than investment grade. We do not expect any credit losses on these securities related to student loans since the majority of the underlying collateral of the student loan asset-backed securities is guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.

 

MARKET RISK EXPOSURES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Our financial position and earnings are subject to various market risks including changes in interest rates, the yield curve, spreads between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, foreign currency rates, used vehicle prices, and equity price risks and issuer defaults. We analyze and manage the risks arising from market exposures of financial instruments, as well as other risks, through an integrated asset/liability management process. Our asset/liability management programs and procedures involve the monitoring of asset and liability durations for various product lines; cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios; and the continuous rebalancing of assets and liabilities with respect to yield, credit and market risk, and cash flow characteristics. These programs also incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments primarily to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk. See Note 14, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information on our financial instruments.

 

The primary focus of our asset/liability program is the management of interest rate risk within the insurance operations. This includes monitoring the duration of both investments and insurance liabilities to maintain an appropriate balance between risk and profitability for each product category, and for us as a whole. It is our policy to maintain asset and liability durations within one-half year of one another, although, from time to time, a broader interval may be allowed.

 

We are exposed to credit risk within our investment portfolio and through derivative counterparties. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. We manage credit risk through established investment policies which attempt to address quality of obligors and counterparties, credit concentration limits, diversification requirements, and acceptable risk levels under expected and stressed scenarios. Derivative counterparty credit risk is measured as the amount owed to us, net of collateral held, based upon current market conditions and potential payment obligations between us and our counterparties. We minimize the credit risk in derivative financial instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties, (A-rated or higher at the time we enter into the contract) and we maintain collateral support agreements with certain of those counterparties.

 

We utilize a risk management strategy that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. Derivative instruments expose us to credit market and basis risk. Such instruments can change materially in value from period-to-period. We minimize our credit risk by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties. We manage the market and basis risks by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degrees of risk that may be undertaken. We monitor our use of derivatives in connection with our overall asset/liability management programs and procedures. In addition, all derivative programs are monitored by our risk management department.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, interest rate caps and interest rate options. Our inflation risk management strategy involves the use of swaps that require us to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate that is based on changes in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”).

 

We may use the following types of derivative contracts to mitigate our exposure to certain guaranteed benefits related to variable annuity contracts:

 

·                  Foreign Currency Futures

·                  Variance Swaps

·                  Interest Rate Futures

·                  Equity Options

·                  Equity Futures

·                  Credit Derivatives

·                  Interest Rate Swaps

·                  Interest Rate Swaptions

·                  Volatility Futures

 

We believe our asset/liability management programs and procedures and certain product features provide protection against the effects of changes in interest rates under various scenarios. Additionally, we believe our asset/liability management programs and procedures provide sufficient liquidity to enable us to fulfill our obligation to pay benefits under our various insurance and deposit contracts. However, our asset/liability management programs and procedures incorporate assumptions about the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (i.e., the slope of the yield curve), relationships between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, market liquidity, spread movements, implied volatility, policyholder behavior, and other factors, and the effectiveness of our asset/liability management programs and procedures may be negatively affected whenever actual results differ from those assumptions.

 

In the ordinary course of our commercial mortgage lending operations, we may commit to provide a mortgage loan before the property to be mortgaged has been built or acquired. The mortgage loan commitment is a contractual obligation to fund a mortgage loan when called upon by the borrower. The commitment is not recognized in our financial statements until the commitment is actually funded. The mortgage loan commitment contains terms, including the rate of interest, which may be different than prevailing interest rates. As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding mortgage loan commitments of $257.6 million at an average rate of 4.87%.

 

Impact of continued low interest rate environment

 

Significant changes in interest rates expose us to the risk of not realizing anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate credited to in-force policies and contracts. In addition, certain of our insurance and investment products guarantee a minimum credited interest rate (“MGIR”). In periods of prolonged low interest rates, the interest spread earned may be negatively impacted to the extent our ability to reduce policyholder crediting rates is limited by the guaranteed minimum credited interest rates. Additionally, those policies without account values may exhibit lower profitability in periods of prolonged low interest rates due to reduced investment income.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

The table below presents account values by range of current minimum guaranteed interest rates and current crediting rates for our universal life and deferred fixed annuity products:

 

Credited Rate Summary

 

As of March 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

1-50 bps

 

More than

 

 

 

Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate

 

At

 

above

 

50 bps

 

 

 

Account Value

 

MGIR

 

MGIR

 

above MGIR

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Universal Life Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

>2% - 3%

 

$

36

 

$

4

 

$

1,015

 

$

1,055

 

>3% - 4%

 

1,387

 

651

 

1,155

 

3,193

 

>4% - 5%

 

2,048

 

3,077

 

388

 

5,513

 

>5% - 6%

 

223

 

 

 

223

 

Subtotal

 

3,694

 

3,732

 

2,558

 

9,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1%

 

$

 

$

 

$

949

 

$

949

 

>1% - 2%

 

189

 

 

1,304

 

1,493

 

>2% - 3%

 

1,146

 

5

 

1,597

 

2,748

 

>3% - 4%

 

331

 

 

 

331

 

>4% - 5%

 

234

 

 

 

234

 

Subtotal

 

1,900

 

5

 

3,850

 

5,755

 

Total

 

$

5,594

 

$

3,737

 

$

6,408

 

$

15,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total

 

36

%

24

%

40

%

100

%

 

We are active in mitigating the impact of a continued low interest rate environment through product design, as well as adjusting crediting rates on current in-force policies and contracts. We also manage interest rate and reinvestment risks through our asset/liability management process. Our asset/liability management programs and procedures involve the monitoring of asset and liability durations; cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios; and the regular rebalancing of assets and liabilities with respect to yield, credit and market risk, and cash flow characteristics. These programs also incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments primarily to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION

 

Inflation increases the need for life insurance. Many policyholders who once had adequate insurance programs may increase their life insurance coverage to provide the same relative financial benefit and protection. Higher interest rates may result in higher sales of certain of our investment products.

 

The higher interest rates that have traditionally accompanied inflation could also affect our operations. Policy loans increase as policy loan interest rates become relatively more attractive. As interest rates increase, disintermediation of stable value and annuity account balances and individual life policy cash values may increase. The market value of our fixed-rate, long-term investments may decrease, we may be unable to implement fully the interest rate reset and call provisions of our mortgage loans, and our ability to make attractive mortgage loans, including participating mortgage loans, may decrease. In addition, participating mortgage loan income may decrease. The difference between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate credited to life insurance and investment products may also be adversely affected by rising interest rates.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the consolidated condensed financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting standards.

 

Item 3.                     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

See Part I, Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Executive Summary” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors of this Report for market risk disclosures in light of the current difficult conditions in the financial and credit markets, and the economy generally.

 

Item 4.                     Controls and Procedures

 

(a)                                 Disclosure controls and procedures

 

In order to ensure that the information the Company must disclose in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported on a timely basis, the Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), except as otherwise noted below. Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. It should be noted that any system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain judgments, including the costs and benefits of controls and the likelihood of future events. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within the Company have been detected.

 

(b)                                 Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended March 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal controls exist within a dynamic environment and the Company continually strives to improve its internal controls and procedures to enhance the quality of its financial reporting.

 

PART II

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results

 

The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have historically been subject to significant fluctuations. The factors which could affect the Company’s future results include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions and known trends and uncertainties. In addition to other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, which could materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or future results of operations.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s use of derivative financial instruments within its risk management strategy may not be effective or sufficient.

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments within its risk management strategy to mitigate risks to which it is exposed, including the adverse effects of domestic and/or international credit and/or equity market and/or interest rate levels or volatility on its fixed indexed annuity and variable annuity products with guaranteed benefit features. These derivative financial instruments may not effectively offset the changes in the carrying value of the guarantees due to, among other things, the time lag between changes in the value of such guarantees and the changes in the value of the derivative financial instruments purchased by the Company, extreme credit and/or equity market and/or interest rate levels or volatility, contract holder behavior that differs from the Company’s expectations, and divergence between the performance of the underlying funds of such variable annuity products with guaranteed benefit features and the indices utilized by the Company in estimating its exposure to such guarantees.

 

The Company may also use derivative financial instruments within its risk management strategy to mitigate risks arising from its exposure to individual issuers or sectors of issuers and to mitigate the adverse effects of distressed domestic and/or international credit and/or equity markets and/or interest rate levels or volatility on its overall financial condition or results of operations.

 

The use of derivative financial instruments by the Company may have an adverse impact on the level of statutory capital and the risk based capital ratios of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. The Company employs strategies in the use of derivative financial instruments that are intended to mitigate such adverse impacts, but the Company’s strategies may not be effective.

 

The Company may also choose not to hedge, in whole or in part, these or other risks that it has identified, due to, for example, the availability and/or cost of a suitable derivative financial instrument or, in reaction to extreme credit, equity market and/or interest rate levels or volatility. Additionally, the Company’s estimates and assumptions made in connection with its use of any derivative financial instrument may fail to reflect or correspond to its actual long-term exposure in respect to identified risks. Derivative financial instruments held or purchased by the Company may also otherwise be insufficient to hedge the risks in relation to the Company’s obligations. In addition, the Company may fail to identify risks, or the magnitude thereof, to which it is exposed. The Company is also exposed to the risk that its use of derivative financial instruments within its risk management strategy may not be properly designed and/or may not be properly implemented as designed.

 

The Company is also subject to the risk that its derivative counterparties may fail or refuse to meet their obligations to the Company under derivative financial instruments. If the Company’s derivative counterparties fail or refuse to meet their obligations to the Company in this regard, the Company’s efforts to mitigate risks to which it is subject through the use of such derivative financial instruments may prove to be ineffective or inefficient.

 

The above factors, either alone or in combination, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company is highly regulated, is subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations and is subject to audits, examinations and actions by regulators and law enforcement agencies.

 

The Company is subject to government regulation in each of the states in which it conducts business. In many instances, the regulatory models emanate from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative and in some instances discretionary power dealing with many aspects of the Company’s business, which may include, among other things, premium rates and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, acquisitions, mergers, capital adequacy, claims practices and the remittance of unclaimed property. In addition, some state insurance departments may enact rules or regulations with extra-territorial application, effectively extending their jurisdiction to areas such as permitted insurance company investments that are normally the province of an insurance company’s domiciliary state regulator.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

At any given time, a number of financial, market conduct, or other examinations or audits of the Company’s subsidiaries may be ongoing. It is possible that any examination or audit may result in payments of fines and penalties, payments to customers, or both, as well as changes in systems or procedures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are required to obtain state regulatory approval for rate increases for certain health insurance products. The Company’s profits may be adversely affected if the requested rate increases are not approved in full by regulators in a timely fashion.

 

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer and may lead to additional expense for the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The NAIC may also be influenced by the initiatives and regulatory structures or schemes of international regulatory bodies, and those initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes may not translate readily into the regulatory structures or schemes or the legal system (including the interpretation or application of standards by juries) under which U.S. insurers must operate. Application of such initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes to the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Although some NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting and reserving issues, may take effect automatically without affirmative action taken by the states, the NAIC is not a governmental entity and its processes and procedures do not comport with those to which governmental entities typically adhere. Therefore, it is possible that actions could be taken by the NAIC that become effective without the procedural safeguards that would be present if governmental action was required. In addition, with respect to some financial regulations and guidelines, states sometimes defer to the interpretation of the insurance department of a non-domiciliary state. Neither the action of the domiciliary state nor the action of the NAIC is binding on a state. Accordingly, a state could choose to follow a different interpretation. The Company is also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal, accounting or actuarial issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. There is an additional risk that any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal, accounting or actuarial issue may change over time to the Company’s detriment, or that changes to the overall legal or market environment may cause the Company to change its practices in ways that may, in some cases, limit its growth or profitability. Statutes, regulations, and interpretations may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact can potentially have a significant impact on currently sold products.

 

The NAIC has announced more focused inquiries on certain matters that could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  Such inquiries concern, for example, examination of statutory accounting disclosures for separate accounts, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, certain aspects of insurance holding company reporting and disclosure, reserving for universal life products with secondary guarantees, and reinsurance. In addition, the NAIC continues to consider various initiatives to change and modernize its financial and solvency regulations. It is considering changing to, or has considered and passed, a principles-based reserving method for life insurance and annuity reserves, changes to the accounting and risk-based capital regulations, changes to the governance practices of insurers, and other items. Some of these proposed changes, including implementing a principles-based reserving methodology, would require the approval of state legislatures. The Company cannot provide any estimate as to what impact these more focused inquiries or proposed changes, if they occur, will have on its product mix, product profitability, reserve and capital requirements, financial condition or results of operations.

 

With respect to reserving requirements for universal life policies with secondary guarantees (“ULSG”), in 2012 the NAIC adopted revisions to Actuarial Guideline XXXVIII (“AG38”) addressing those requirements. Some of the regulatory participants in the AG38 revision process appeared to believe that one of the purposes of the revisions was to calculate reserves for ULSG similarly to reserves for guaranteed level term life insurance contracts with the same guarantee period. The effect of the revisions was to increase the level of reserves that must be held by insurers on ULSG with certain product designs that are issued on and after January 1, 2013, and to cause insurers to test the adequacy of reserves, and possibly increase the reserves, on ULSG with certain product designs that were issued before January 1, 2013. The increased reserves on ULSG issued on and after January 1, 2013 may make certain products, including those sold by the Company’s subsidiaries before January 1, 2013, unprofitable to the Company unless prices

 

104



Table of Contents

 

are increased. The Company has developed and introduced an alternative product for sales in 2013. The Company cannot predict the market place reaction to its alternative product, nor can it predict future regulatory actions that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to market its alternative product. Such regulatory reactions could include, for example, withdrawal of state approvals of the alternative product, adoption of further changes to AG38 or other adverse action including retroactive regulatory action that could negatively impact the Company’s alternative product. A disruption of the Company’s ability to sell financially viable life insurance products or an increase in reserves on ULSG policies issued either before or after January 1, 2013, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company currently uses, and expects to be able to continue using, affiliated captive reinsurance companies in various structures relating to term life insurance and universal life insurance with secondary guarantees, and certain guaranteed benefits relating to variable annuities. The NAIC has established a subgroup to study the use of captives and special purpose vehicles to transfer insurance risk in relation to existing state laws and regulations. That subgroup issued a Captives and Special Purpose Vehicles White Paper Discussion Draft for comment, which is expected to be released soon in final form.  Also, the Federal Advisory Committee on Insurance (“FACI”) took up the issue of captives at a recent meeting, and a task force was created.  Any regulatory action that adversely affects the Company’s use or increases the Company’s cost of using affiliated captive reinsurers, either retroactively or prospectively, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Recently, new laws and regulations have been adopted that require life insurers to search for unreported deaths. The New York Insurance Department issued a letter and adopted a regulation requiring life insurers doing business in New York, which includes one of the Company’s subsidiaries, to use data available on the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File or a similar database (a “Death Database”) to identify instances where amounts under life insurance policies, annuities, and retained asset accounts would be payable if notice of the death and/or a claim for benefits had been submitted to the insurer, to locate and pay beneficiaries under such contracts, and to report the results. Life insurance industry associations and regulatory associations are also considering the matters. The National Conference of Insurance Legislators (“NCOIL”) has adopted the Model Unclaimed Life Insurance Benefits Act (the “Unclaimed Benefits Act”) and legislation has been enacted in several states that is similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act, although each state’s version differs in some respects. The Unclaimed Benefits Act would impose new requirements on insurers to periodically compare their in-force life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, investigate any potential matches to confirm the death and determine whether benefits are due, and to attempt to locate the beneficiaries of any benefits that are due or, if no beneficiary can be located, escheat the benefit to the state as unclaimed property. Other states in which the Company does business may also consider adopting legislation similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act. The Company cannot predict whether such legislation will be proposed or enacted in additional states.

 

A number of state treasury departments have audited life insurance companies for compliance with unclaimed property laws. The focus of the audits has been to determine whether there have been maturities of policies on contracts, or policies that have exceeded limiting age with respect to which death benefits or other payments under the policies should be treated as unclaimed property that should be escheated to the state. In addition, the audits have sought to identify unreported deaths of insureds. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for treating an unreported death as giving rise to a policy benefit that would be subject to unclaimed property procedures. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into resolution agreements with state treasury departments under which the life insurers agreed to procedures for comparing their previously issued life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest to the state if the beneficiary could not be found. The amounts publicly reported to have been paid to beneficiaries or escheated to the states have been substantial.

 

The NAIC has established an Investigations of Life/Annuity Claims Settlement Practices (D) Task Force to coordinate targeted multi-state examinations of life insurance companies on claims settlement practices. The state insurance regulators on the Task Force have initiated targeted multi-state examinations of life insurance companies with respect to the companies’ claims paying practices and use of a death database to identify unreported deaths in their life insurance policies, annuity contracts and retained asset accounts. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for requiring a life insurer to search for unreported deaths in order to determine whether a benefit is owed. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into settlement or consent agreements with state insurance regulators under which the

 

105



Table of Contents

 

life insurers agreed to implement systems and procedures for periodically comparing their life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest to the state if the beneficiary could not be found.  It has been publicly reported that the life insurers have paid substantial administrative and/or examination fees to the insurance regulators in connection with the settlement or consent agreements.

 

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries as well as certain other insurance companies from whom the Company has coinsured blocks of life insurance and annuity policies are subject to state treasury department audits and/or targeted multistate examinations by insurance regulators similar to those described above. It is possible that the audits, examinations and/or the enactment of state laws similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act could result in additional payments to beneficiaries, additional escheatment of funds deemed abandoned under state laws, payment of administrative penalties and/or examination fees to state authorities, and changes to the Company’s procedures for identifying unreported deaths and escheatment of abandoned property. It is possible any such additional payments and any costs related to changes in Company procedures could materially impact the Company’s financial results from operations. It is also possible that life insurers, including the Company, may be subject to claims, regulatory actions, law enforcement actions, and civil litigation arising from their prior business practices. Any resulting liabilities, payments or costs, including initial and ongoing costs of changes to the Company’s procedures or systems, could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

During December 2012, the West Virginia Treasurer filed actions against the Company’s subsidiaries Protective Life Insurance Company and West Coast Life Insurance Company in West Virginia state court (State of West Virginia ex rel. John D. Perdue vs. Protective Life Insurance Company, State of West Virginia ex rel. John D. Perdue vs. West Coast Life Insurance Company). The actions, which also name numerous other life insurance companies, allege that the companies violated the West Virginia Uniform Unclaimed Property Act, seek to compel compliance with the Act, and seek payment of unclaimed property, interest, and penalties. While the legal theory or theories that may give rise to liability in the West Virginia Treasurer litigation are uncertain, it is possible that other jurisdictions may pursue similar actions. The Company does not currently believe that losses, if any, arising from the West Virginia Treasurer litigation will be material. The Company cannot, however, predict whether other jurisdictions will pursue similar actions or, if they do, whether such actions will have a material impact on the Company’s financial results from operations.

 

Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. From time to time, companies may be asked to contribute amounts beyond prescribed limits. The Company cannot predict the amount or timing of any future assessments.

 

The purchase of life insurance products is limited by state insurable interest laws, which in most jurisdictions require that the purchaser of life insurance name a beneficiary that has some interest in the sustained life of the insured. To some extent, the insurable interest laws present a barrier to the life settlement, or “stranger-owned” industry, in which a financial entity acquires an interest in life insurance proceeds, and efforts have been made in some states to liberalize the insurable interest laws. To the extent these laws are relaxed, the Company’s lapse assumptions may prove to be incorrect.

 

At the federal level, bills are routinely introduced in both chambers of the United States Congress (“Congress”) that could affect life insurers. In the past, Congress has considered legislation that would impact insurance companies in numerous ways, such as providing for an optional federal charter or a federal presence for insurance, preempting state law in certain respects regarding the regulation of reinsurance, increasing federal oversight in areas such as consumer protection and other matters. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form legislation will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted legislation will positively or negatively affect the Company or whether any effects will be material.

 

The Company is subject to various conditions and requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“the Healthcare Act”). The Healthcare Act makes significant changes to the regulation of health insurance and may affect the Company in various ways. The Healthcare Act may affect the small blocks of business the Company has offered or acquired over the years that is, or is deemed to be, health insurance. The Healthcare Act may also affect

 

106



Table of Contents

 

the benefit plans the Company sponsors for employees or retirees and their dependents, the Company’s expense to provide such benefits, the tax liabilities of the Company in connection with the provision of such benefits, and the Company’s ability to attract or retain employees. In addition, the Company may be subject to regulations, guidance or determinations emanating from the various regulatory authorities authorized under the Healthcare Act. The Company cannot predict the effect that the Healthcare Act, or any regulatory pronouncement made thereunder, will have on its results of operations or financial condition.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) makes sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of Dodd-Frank are or may become applicable to the Company, its competitors or those entities with which the Company does business. Such provisions include, but are not limited to the following: the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation and standards applicable to broker dealers and investment advisors, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareholders, and the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating agencies.

 

Dodd-Frank also created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”), which has issued a final rule and interpretive guidance setting forth the methodology by which it will determine whether a non-bank financial company is systemically important. A non-bank financial company, such as the Company, that is designated as systemically important by the FSOC will become subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Company is not currently supervised by the Federal Reserve. Such supervision could impact the Company’s requirements relating to capital, liquidity, stress testing, limits on counterparty credit exposure, compliance and governance, early remediation in the event of financial weakness and other prudential matters. FSOC-designated non-bank financial companies will also be required to prepare resolution plans, so-called “living wills,” that set out how they could most efficiently be liquidated if they endangered the U.S. financial system or the broader economy. The Company is not able at this time to predict whether it will be designated by the FSOC as systemically important nor is it able to predict the impact of being supervised by the Federal Reserve Board were it to be so designated by the FSOC.

 

Additionally, Dodd-Frank created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), an independent division of the Department of Treasury with jurisdiction over credit, savings, payment, and other consumer financial products and services, other than investment products already regulated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries sell products that may be regulated by the CFPB.

 

In addition, Dodd-Frank includes a new framework of regulation of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets which will require clearing of certain types of transactions currently traded OTC by the Company. The new framework could potentially impose additional costs, including reporting and margin requirements and additional regulation on the Company. Increased margin requirements on the Company’s part, combined with restrictions on securities that will qualify as eligible collateral, could reduce its liquidity and require an increase in its holdings of cash and government securities with lower yields causing a reduction in income. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with its businesses, including those arising from its variable annuity products with guaranteed benefit features. The derivative clearing requirements of Dodd-Frank could increase the cost of the Company’s risk mitigation and expose it to the risk of a default by a clearinghouse with respect to the Company’s cleared derivative transactions.

 

Numerous provisions of Dodd-Frank require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. The process of adopting such implementing rules and/or regulations have in some instances been delayed beyond the timeframes imposed by Dodd-Frank. Until the various final regulations are promulgated pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the full impact of the regulations on the Company will remain unclear. In addition, Dodd-Frank mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, the Company, its competitors or the entities with which the Company does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with Dodd-Frank may impact the Company in many ways, including but not limited to the following: placing the Company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for the Company to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, causing historical market behavior or statistics utilized by

 

107



Table of Contents

 

the Company in connection with its efforts to manage risk and exposure to no longer be predictive of future risk and exposure or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may be subject to regulation by the United States Department of Labor when providing a variety of products and services to employee benefit plans and individual investors that are governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The Department of Labor is currently in the process of re-proposing a rule that would change the circumstances under which one who works with employee benefit plans and Individual Retirement Accounts would be considered a fiduciary under ERISA. Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under ERISA and the Company cannot predict the impact that the Department of Labor’s re-proposed rule may have on its operations.

 

Certain equity and debt securities policies, contracts, and annuities offered by the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the SEC. The federal securities laws contain regulatory restrictions and criminal, administrative, and private remedial provisions. From time to time, the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) examine or investigate the activities of broker dealers and investment advisors, including the Company’s affiliated broker dealers and investment advisors. These examinations or investigations often focus on the activities of the registered representatives and registered investment advisors doing business through such entities and the entities’ supervision of those persons. It is possible that any examination or investigation could lead to enforcement action by the regulator and/or may result in payments of fines and penalties, payments to customers, or both, as well as changes in systems or procedures of such entities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company may also be subject to regulation by governments of the countries in which it currently, or may in the future, do business, as well as regulation by the U.S. Government with respect to its operations in foreign countries, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.  Penalties for violating the various laws governing the Company’s business in other countries can include fines and imprisonment, both within the U.S. and abroad.  U.S. enforcement of anti-corruption laws continues to increase in magnitude, and penalties may be substantial.

 

Other types of regulation that could affect the Company and its subsidiaries include insurance company investment laws and regulations, state statutory accounting and reserving practices, anti-trust laws, minimum solvency requirements, state securities laws, federal privacy laws, insurable interest laws, federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws, employment and immigration laws (including a law in Alabama where over 50% of the Company’s employees are located), and because the Company owns and operates real property, state, federal, and local environmental laws. Under some circumstances, severe penalties may be imposed for breach of these laws.

 

The Company cannot predict what form any future changes to laws and/or regulations affecting participants in the financial services sector and/or insurance industry, including the Company and its competitors or those entities with which it does business, may take, or what effect, if any, such changes may have.

 

The Company may not be able to achieve the expected results from its recently announced acquisition.

 

On April 10, 2013, the Company entered into a master agreement with AXA Financial, Inc. and AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC for the acquisition of MONY Life Insurance Company and a reinsurance agreement for certain business of MONY Life Insurance Company of America.  The Company may not be able to complete the transactions due to, among other things, the inability of the parties to satisfy the various closing conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals. In addition, if the transaction is completed, integration of the acquisition may be more expensive, more difficult, or take longer than expected; the financing structure of the transactions may be different than originally contemplated; the actual financial results of the transaction could differ materially from the Company’s expectations and may be impacted by items not taken into account in its forecasts and calculations; and the Company’s expectations regarding its ability to successfully integrate and transition the acquired operations and satisfy its legal and compliance obligations in relation to the transactions may prove to be incorrect.

 

108



Table of Contents

 

The Company could be adversely affected by an inability to access FHLB lending.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Federal Housing Finance Agency issued an Announced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPR”). The purpose of the ANPR is to seek comment on several possible changes to the requirements applicable to members of the FHLB. Any changes to such requirements that eliminate the Company’s eligibility for continued FHLB membership or limit the Company’s borrowing capacity pursuant to its FHLB membership could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company can give no assurance as to the outcome of the ANPR. The FHFA also released an advisory bulletin on the particular risks associated with lending to insurance companies as opposed to federally-backed banks, which includes standards for evaluating an FHLB’s lending to an insurance company member. These standards are broad and raise concerns about the state regulatory framework and of FHLB creditor status in the event of insurer insolvency.  Most recently, the FHFA issued a report entitled “FHFA Can Enhance Its Oversight of FHLBank Advances to Insurance Companies by Improving Communication with State Insurance Regulators and Industry Groups,” which proposes the FHFA coordinate with state regulators to obtain confidential supervisory information about insurers and interact with NAIC working groups to receive “early warning” information about failing members, so the FHFA can participate in the rehabilitation and perhaps increase FHLB creditor status.  Any standards or events that result in stricter regulation of, or reduced incidence of, FHLB-insurer lending could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Item 2.         Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, the Company issued no securities in transactions which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock.

 

109



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.                     Exhibits

 

Item

 

 

Number

 

Document

*3(b)

 

2013 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as adopted February 25, 2013, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 27, 2013. (No. 001-11339)

31(a)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31(b)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32(a)

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32(b)

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

 

Financial statements from the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Protective Life Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed on May 8, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Shareowners’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements.

 


 

*

Incorporated by Reference

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

 

110



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: May 8, 2013

 

By:

/s/ Steven G. Walker

 

 

 

Steven G. Walker

 

 

 

Senior Vice President, Controller

 

 

 

and Chief Accounting Officer

 

111